landfill design and operations existing conditions reportleic.com/upload-ck//sd 1-12 landfill design...

171
Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment GFL Environmental Inc. Moose Creek, Ontario May 7, 2018 Prepared by: Tetra Tech 1205 Ampère, Suite 310 Boucherville, QC J4B 7M6 Supporting Document 1-12

Upload: others

Post on 18-Mar-2020

7 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill

Expansion Environmental Assessment

GFL Environmental Inc.

Moose Creek, Ontario

May 7, 2018

Prepared by:

Tetra Tech 1205 Ampère, Suite 310

Boucherville, QC J4B 7M6

Supporting Document 1-12

Page 2: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

Acknowledgements

This Report has been prepared by:

Tetra Tech 1205 Ampère, Suite 310 Boucherville, QC J4B 7M6

This report has been prepared on behalf of GFL Environmental Inc. (GFL). This Report may not be used by

any other person or entity without the express written permission of GFL and Tetra Tech. Any use of this

report by a third party, or any reliance on decisions made based on it, are the responsibility of such third

parties. GFL and Tetra Tech accept no responsibility for damages, if any, suffered by any third party as a

result of decisions made or actions taken based on this report.

Page 3: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

| May 7, 2018

This page is intentionally left blank.

Page 4: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

i

Table of Contents

Executive Summary ....................................................................................................................................E-1

1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................................... 1

2 EOWHF Landfill Expansion Study Area................................................................................................. 2

3 Methods ............................................................................................................................................... 4

3.1 Available Secondary Source Information Collection and Review ............................................. 4

3.2 Processes Undertaken .............................................................................................................. 4

3.3 Description of Field Studies ....................................................................................................... 4

4 Description of the Existing Landfill Design and Operations Environment ............................................ 5

4.1 Environmental Compliance Approvals ...................................................................................... 5

4.2 Site Plan .................................................................................................................................... 5

4.2.1 Perimeter Buffer Areas and Berms .............................................................................. 6

4.3 Existing Infrastructure ................................................................................................................ 6

4.3.1 Facility Entrance, Roads and Administration Building ................................................. 6

4.3.2 Vehicle Maintenance Building and Drop-off Area ........................................................ 6

4.3.3 Waste Transfer and Processing Station ....................................................................... 6

4.3.4 Composting Facility ...................................................................................................... 7

4.4 Waste Disposal ......................................................................................................................... 8

4.4.1 Service Area and Waste Characteristics...................................................................... 8

4.4.2 Waste Quantities .......................................................................................................... 8

4.4.3 Stages 1 and 2 ............................................................................................................. 8

4.4.4 Stage 3A ..................................................................................................................... 10

4.4.5 Stormwater Management ........................................................................................... 11

4.5 Leachate Management and Treatment ................................................................................... 11

4.5.1 Leachate Collection System ....................................................................................... 11

4.5.2 Leachate Treatment Facility ....................................................................................... 12

4.6 Landfill Gas Management ....................................................................................................... 12

4.6.1 Gas-to-Energy Facility ................................................................................................ 12

4.6.2 Landfill Gas Collection System .................................................................................. 13

4.7 General Housekeeping Operations ......................................................................................... 13

4.7.1 Dust (Dust Management Plan) ................................................................................... 13

4.7.2 Noise .......................................................................................................................... 14

4.7.3 Litter............................................................................................................................ 14

4.7.4 Vectors and Vermin .................................................................................................... 15

4.7.5 Fire Control ................................................................................................................. 16

4.7.6 Odour Control ............................................................................................................. 16

Page 5: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

ii

4.7.7 Inspection and Maintenance ...................................................................................... 17

4.7.8 Complaints Procedure ................................................................................................ 17

4.7.9 Record Keeping .......................................................................................................... 18

4.7.10 Winter Operations ...................................................................................................... 18

4.7.11 Fencing ....................................................................................................................... 18

4.7.12 Signage ...................................................................................................................... 18

5 Summary Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions ......................................................... 20

6 References ........................................................................................................................................ 21

7 Glossary of Terms .............................................................................................................................. 22

8 Acronyms and Units .......................................................................................................................... 24

List of Tables

Table 1: Environmental Compliance Approvals ...................................................................................... 5

Table 2: Effluent Limits .......................................................................................................................... 12

List of Figures (Appendix B)

Figure 1: Study Area

Figure 2: Topographic Contours

Figure 3: December 2015 Aerial Photo

List of Appendices

A: Evaluation Criteria - Terms of Reference

B: Figures

C: Environmental Compliance Approvals (ECAs)

Page 6: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

E-1

Executive Summary

The Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report documents the existing layout, infrastructure

and operation of the Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility (EOWHF). The existing landfill design and

operations characteristics outlined in this report will be used during the development of the conceptual

design alternatives and in the assessment of potential effects on the environment.

The existing EOWHF is located on the western half of Lot 16 and Lots 17 and 18, Concession 10, Township

of North Stormont, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry, near the intersection of Highway

417 and Highway 138. The municipal street address for the facility is 17125 Lafleche Road, Moose Creek,

Ontario.

The site infrastructure is shown on plans that relate to the key area of the site.

As documented in the approved Terms of Reference (ToR), two landfill expansion options for the existing

EOWHF have been identified:

• Developing the areas of Stage 3B and Stage 4 as originally planned in the 1998 EA; and

• Developing Stage 3B as contemplated in the original approval (1998 EA) and the development of

a modified configuration of Stage 4.

Tetra Tech reviewed the available Landfill Design and Operations information to summarize the existing

conditions within the study area.

Page 7: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

This page is intentionally blank.

Page 8: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

1

1 Introduction

This report identifies and describes the existing landfill design and operations conditions associated with the

GFL Environmental Inc. (GFL) Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility (EOWHF) expansion Environmental

Assessment (EA) Study Area (see Section 2) consistent with the evaluation criteria included in the Terms

of Reference (ToR) presented in Appendix A.

The approved ToR included a preliminary description of the existing conditions within the area surrounding

the EOWHF, with the commitment that the description would be expanded upon in the EA. In accordance

with the approved ToR, investigative studies were carried out, as necessary, to generate a more detailed

description and understanding of the existing natural, cultural, socio-economic, and built environments for

use in the assessment and evaluation of the two alternative landfill expansion options during the EA.

Upon completion, existing conditions reports will be made available for review during the EA via the project

website, at the project office, and upon request, will become either a reference or supporting document to

the submitted EA Study Report. The EA Study Report will be based on and reflect the information

contained within the report.

Page 9: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

2

2 EOWHF Landfill Expansion Study Area

The existing EOWHF is located on the western half of Lot 16 and Lots 17 and 18, Concession 10, Township

of North Stormont, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry, near the intersection of Highway

417 and Highway 138. The municipal street address for the facility is 17125 Lafleche Road, Moose Creek,

Ontario.

The EOWHF encompasses a site area of 189 hectares (see Figure 1 in Appendix B) which includes the

following waste management related activities and services:

• 66 hectare landfill site;

• Composting facility;

• Waste transfer and processing station;

• Leachate waste water treatment facility;

• Small vehicle waste drop off;

• Landfill gas to energy facility;

• Enclosed flare and natural gas fired comfort heating equipment;

• Ontario Electronic Stewardship (OES) drop off;

• Ontario Tire Stewardship (OTS) drop off; and

• Supporting facilities (office building, vehicle maintenance building).

As documented in the approved ToR, two landfill expansion options for the existing EOWHF have been

identified:

• Developing the areas of Stage 3B and Stage 4 as originally planned in the 1998 EA; and

• Developing Stage 3B as contemplated in the original approval (1998 EA) and the development of

a modified configuration of Stage 4.

As per the approved ToR, the study area for the Landfill Design and Operations discipline comprises the

entire site area of 189 hectares, including current and future landfilling areas, the composting facility, the

waste transfer and processing station, the leachate treatment facility, the landfill gas to energy facility, and

buffer areas.

Figures 2 and 3 in Appendix B depict the existing conditions at the site including the property boundaries,

all buildings and roads, land contours, landfilling areas, water bodies, and other existing infrastructure.

The property limits are constrained by the following boundaries:

• To the North: Fraser drain which outlets into Moose Creek;

• To the West: Private drain and municipal road allowance;

• To the East: Private drain;

• To the South: Albert Fahey Award Drain.

Page 10: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

3

The existing approved landfill operations, including all historical fill areas, have a footprint of 66 hectares out

of the entire 189 hectare property (see Figure 2).

The locations of the current and approved fill areas are shown on Figures 2 and 3. The buffer areas for the

landfill are shown on Figures 2 and 3 as well. The following separation distances are maintained between

the above boundaries and the fill areas:

• Minimum of 50 metres from property boundaries and 120 metres from the wetland area to the

South.

The Zoning By-law that regulates the site, By-law 5-86, is from the former Township of Roxborough, now

part of the Township of North Stormont. The site is zoned as Waste Disposal (By-law 65 of the 1999

Amended By-law for these lands).

The existing adjacent lands are predominantly agricultural. The land is primarily flat with a system of

agricultural drains surrounding the site. GFL owns 380 hectares of land located immediately east of the

EOWHF. GFL also owns 405 hectares of land located immediately south of the existing EOWHF.

Land uses adjacent to the site boundaries are as follows:

• To the North: the land to the north is owned by others and currently used for agricultural purposes

(cash crops); beyond that is Highway 417;

• To the East: the land to the east is owned by GFL and has previously had its upper soil layer

removed for commercial purposes; the land is currently leased and used as a sod farm;

• To the South: the land to the south is owned by GFL and is currently leased and used for peat

extraction; and

• To the West: the land to the west is owned by others and currently used for peat extraction and

agricultural purposes (cash crops).

The inactive portions of the approved waste site adjoined to Stage 3A is currently used for curing compost

and to store finished compost. There are no buildings or physical features on this portion of the landfill.

Page 11: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

4

3 Methods

This Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report was developed based on the evaluation

criteria, indicators and data sources included in the approved ToR, which were developed in consultation

with government agencies and other stakeholders (refer to Appendix A).

3.1 Available Secondary Source Information Collection and Review

Available information was collected from secondary sources and reviewed to determine existing landfill

design and operations conditions within the study area(s). The following sources of information were

collected and reviewed:

• Annual Reports for the EOWHF (for the reporting years 2011 through 2015);

• Topographic surveys (2014-2015);

• Environmental Compliance Approvals (ECAs) for the EOWHF;

• Site Design and Operations Reports (1999, 2009 and 2016 versions); and

• Approved EA from 1998.

3.2 Processes Undertaken

The following outlines the primary processes followed to determine existing landfill design and operations

conditions:

• Review of existing documentation;

• Site visits;

• Interviews with the Owner; and

• Update of the Site Base Plan based on a topographic survey performed in 2015.

3.3 Description of Field Studies

No additional field studies were required to identify existing design conditions at the site other than

topographical surveys and preparation of a site plan. A topographic land survey of the entire property was

conducted using an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) (drone), supplemented by GPS technology and photos

on December 16, 2015, with a resolution of 30 survey points per square metre.

The data collected were used to update the Site Base Plan for use in the EA.

Page 12: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

5

4 Description of the Existing Landfill Design and Operations Environment

4.1 Environmental Compliance Approvals

The EOWHF is operated under several Environmental Compliance Approvals (ECAs). Table 1 provides a

list of the ECAs issued for the site. Copies of the ECAs are provided in Appendix C.

Table 1: Environmental Compliance Approvals

Approval Type Approval Number Issuance Date Operation /Process

ECA - Landfill A420018

December 14, 2012 Landfilling site, composting facility, and waste transfer and processing station

ECA – Landfill (Amendment) A420018 Notice No. 1 July 31, 2014 Final detailed design and operations – Major works and landfill gas collection

ECA – Landfill (Amendment) A420018 Notice No. 2 January 16, 2015

Financial Assurance for the Site

ECA – Landfill (Amendment) A420018 Notice No. 3 February 23, 2017 Stage 3A detailed design

ECA – Industrial Sewage Works 3962-AQPJDP August 29, 2017 Leachate treatment facility and effluent testing

ECA - Air 9112-9DMTGX December 10, 2013 Aerobic composting facility

ECA – Landfill gas 5665-8STRV7 April 26, 2012 Landfill gas fired electricity generation generator sets

ECA – Landfill gas 1387-7QUGFA February 1, 2010 Enclosed flare and natural gas fired comfort heating equipment

The EOWHF is operated in accordance with 5 ECAs and 3 ECA Amendments. One ECA and three ECA

Amendments relate to landfilling operations, one ECA relates to industrial sewage works, one ECA relates

to air discharges, and two ECAs relate to landfill gas capture and destruction and electricity generation

facilities. The primary ECA that relates to the day-to day operations at the EOWHF is the landfill ECA

A420018.

4.2 Site Plan

An aerial survey was conducted on December 16, 2015 of the EOWHF. The purpose of the aerial survey

was to provide existing topographic contours of the EOWHF for the Environmental Assessment.

Figures 2 and 3 in Appendix B provide the site plan for the EOWHF with topographic contours, the aerial

photo of the EOWHF on the same day as the topographic contours were generated, and the

building/infrastructure summary for the EOWHF.

Page 13: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

6

4.2.1 Perimeter Buffer Areas and Berms

The locations of the current and approved fill areas are shown on Figure 2. The buffer areas for the landfill

are shown on Figures 2 and 3. The following separation distances are maintained between the fill areas

and the property boundaries:

• Minimum of 50 metres from the North, East and West property boundaries and;

• 120 metres from the South Boundary (wetland area).

Two screening berms have been constructed at the site. The Highway 417 berm runs parallel to the

highway and screens the stormwater ponds and leachate treatment facilities as well as other on-site

activities. The west boundary berm runs along the western boundary of the site, parallel to the western

property boundary. Both berms are vegetated and have a top elevation approximately 4 metres above the

existing adjacent ground surface.

4.3 Existing Infrastructure

4.3.1 Facility Entrance, Roads and Administration Building

A gated entrance from the North Stormont Township Road Allowance (between Concessions 9 and 10, also

known as Lafleche Road) is the main access road to the site. The gate is locked after business hours and is

monitored by security systems. Access during operating hours is controlled by an attendant at the weigh

scales operating from a scale house.

Internal roads are constructed and relocated as necessary to provide access to the active landfill areas and

other site facilities. The internal roads are constructed using sand or gravel. The current approximate road

network is illustrated on Figures 2 and 3.

There is an administrative office, scale house and two scales at the southeast corner of the site, near the

gated entrance. Further west of the administrative office is an employee parking area north of the entrance

road and a public drop-off area north-west of the scales and a maintenance shop south of the entrance

road.

4.3.2 Vehicle Maintenance Building and Drop-off Area

Further west of the administrative office is an employee parking area north of the entrance road and a public

small vehicle drop-off area and a vehicle maintenance shop south of the entrance road including some

offices on the second floor.

The drop-off area for waste for small vehicles is located behind the administrative office, north-west of the

scales. There are six bins to which customers can back up, one of which is presently dedicated to metal

material. Metal and other dry domestic recyclable wastes (e.g., plastic, glass, paper, cardboard, etc.) are

received at the drop-off area for shipment off-site. Bins for receipt of recyclable materials are set out and/or

re-designated in the drop-off area, based on market and customer demands. Shipping of sorted material to

recyclers is undertaken as soon as the accumulated quantity is sufficient for bulk removal. Materials

shipped off-site are weighed at the weigh scales and recorded by the gate clerk.

4.3.3 Waste Transfer and Processing Station

The GFL Recyclable Waste Transfer/Processing Facility exists on a ± 0.5 hectare property located in the

buffer area near the south limit of the approved landfill site. The building has a total floor area of 483 m2.

Page 14: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

7

Recyclable wastes are received from roll-off trucks, front-end trucks, municipal collection vehicles, and/or

customer drop-off. Sorting of the recyclable wastes may occur depending on volumes and intentional

materials diversion. The recyclable wastes are transferred into tractor trailers (i.e., dry-vans or walking

floors) for off-site transport to approved MRFs and down-stream processors, and/or segregated materials

placed in roll-off trucks for hauling to specific market(s).

The on-site operations include the following activities:

• The receipt, processing and transfer of an annual average of 875 tonnes per day of recyclable

municipal waste from residential, industrial, commercial and institutional (IC&I) generators.

• The receipt or shipment off-site of a maximum of 265,000 tonnes of waste annually.

• In order to account for seasonal fluctuations in waste generation, the operator may receive or

ship off-site up to a maximum of 1,050 tonnes of waste per day, provided that the maximum

annual limit of 265,000 tonnes per year is not exceeded.

• A maximum waste storage quantity of 250 tonnes at any one time.

• Receiving/shipping hours are from Monday to Friday from 7:00 am to 5:00 pm., and Saturday

from 8:00 am to 2:00 pm.

• Emphasis on recycling of waste electronic and electrical equipment (WEEE) via Ontario

Electronic Stewardship (OES) and tires via Ontario Tire Stewardship (OTS).

• Agricultural Plastic, such as but not limited to LDPE, is being segregated from Municipal Waste

and is being recycled.

4.3.4 Composting Facility

Two aerobic composting facilities have a combined approved processing capacity of 120,000 tonnes per

year. Composting facilities are situated on an area occupying approximately 1.9 ha, located at the

southwest end of the site, immediately across from the Stage 1 landfill operations. The facility accepts and

processes compostable material as per Amended ECA No. A420018.

As a supplementary and complementary process to the solid non-hazardous waste landfill site, GFL

(formerly Lafleche Environmental Inc.) constructed a commercial-scale composting facility in 2008 at the

southwest corner of the landfill site. Composting operations began at the facility in August 2009. In 2013,

GFL constructed an additional compost building with six (6) additional channels to process the already-

approved volume of feedstock.

The GFL compost facility is approved to utilize feedstocks including but not limited to non-hazardous

domestic, commercial, institutional and industrial organic waste, or specified risk material (SRM). The use of

dewatered stabilized biosolids was halted in 2010, and SRM has never been processed at the facility.

Similarly, the facility is also approved to utilize bulking agents (as a carbon source and porosity agent)

including but not limited to municipal, commercial and private leaf and yard waste, chipped virgin and/or

recycled wood, straw, hay, corn by-products and ‘peat-overs’ (the coarse, woody fraction of peat moss).

The compost facility utilizes an aerated and agitated 12-channel arrangement that is contained within two

adjacent primary enclosures for environmental control of moisture, air and odour. All material handling areas

(receiving, channel loading, and active composting) with primary containment are additionally contained

within a secondary structure (twin MegaDome fabric shelter buildings) for protection against the elements,

confinement of materials, and supplementary control of air and odours. Air is extracted from both secondary

Page 15: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

8

structures such that a negative pressure is maintained, with all exhaust air ducted to an outdoor, upflow,

open-bed biofilter system.

On August 9, 2012 GFL applied for an amendment to the ECA, which was documented as Ministry Reference Number 5561-8X5LZR. ECA No. A420018 was amended December 14, 2012 and provided authority to:

• Construct an additional compost building with six (6) additional channels to process the already-approved volume of feedstock;

• Increase the annual volume of bulking agent from 40,000 tonnes to 120,000 tonnes;

• Keep the total daily receipt of feedstock at 400 tonnes, but remove the incremental limitations of the various feedstocks; and

• Change the hours of operation to 24 hours a day, from Monday to Saturday with receipt of feedstock and bulking agents restricted to 7:00 am to 5:00 pm, Monday to Friday and 8:00 am to 2:00 pm on Saturday.

The aerobic composting facility is currently operated under Amended Air ECA No. 9112-9DMTGX, dated December 10, 2013. The original ECA for the construction and operation of the composting facility air handling systems was issued on October 29, 2008.

Odour control for the compost facility is outlined in Amended ECA No. 9112-9DMTGX. The composting

facility is equipped with a biofilter to treat air captured from the air handling systems.

4.4 Waste Disposal

4.4.1 Service Area and Waste Characteristics

The area serviced by the site is the Province of Ontario. Waste received at the site comes primarily from

Eastern Ontario, which is considered to include all municipalities east of Lennox and Addington County.

The waste accepted at the site consists of solid non-hazardous municipal, industrial, commercial and

institutional wastes, including dewatered sewage sludge, construction and demolition waste, shredder and

auto-fluff and contaminated soils. Specified Risk Material (SRM) is also approved for acceptance at the site.

No hazardous waste or liquid industrial waste, as defined by Ontario Regulation 347, may be disposed of at

the site.

4.4.2 Waste Quantities

As per Condition 30.1 of Amended ECA No. A420018, the currently approved total waste disposal volume

of Stages 1, 2 and 3A is 7.4 million cubic metres including waste, daily cover and intermediate cover but

excluding the final cover volume. As reported in the annual site monitoring reports since 2009, this 7.4

million cubic metres is comprised of approximately 5.9 million of waste volume and 1.5 million of daily cover

volume. The maximum amount of waste that may be received at the site annually is 755,000 tonnes, with a

daily maximum of 4,000 tonnes and a daily average of 2,500 tonnes.

4.4.3 Stages 1 and 2

Stages 1 and 2 are both surrounded by a perimeter containment berm with a minimum top platform width of

20 metres to provide adequate overall stability to the landfill, with exterior slopes of 4H:1V

(Horizontal:Vertical) and interior cell slopes of 4H:1V with additional stabilizing benches.

In Stage 1, the perimeter berm incorporates a hydraulic barrier consisting of a geosynthetic clay liner (GCL)

which extends the full height of the berms, down through the desiccated clay and keyed into the underlying

Page 16: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

9

grey silty clay. The reinforced GCL is placed within the berm at an inclination of 3H:1V, and underlain and

overlain by the exterior berm fill. In Stage 2, an alternative hydraulic barrier was included in the construction

of the exterior containment berms. As such, the Stage 2 containment berms were built from on-site

excavated compacted clay and keyed into the underlying non-desiccated silty clay.

The approved design of Stages 1 and 2 recognized that consolidation settlement of the silty clay deposit will

occur due to the applied load of the waste mound. The base is excavated in a saw-tooth pattern with high

density polyethylene (HDPE) perforated leachate collection piping (LCP) on 40 metre centres along each

trough in the pattern. For both Stages 1 and 2, the desiccated clay subgrade is shaped by excavation at a

2% cross fall toward the LCP, while the clay subgrade has a 0.5% longitudinal grade, from the high point

along the east-west centreline towards the north and south end edges of the aforementioned Stages, to

build the perimeter leachate header piping (LHP) trench.

The LCP connects to LHP located in a header trench along the north and south sides of the base of Stages

1 and 2 cells. The connections are by means of a cross fitting, such that each LCP continues up the exterior

berm sideslope and terminates as a cleanout. Similarly, the LHP is provided with a clean out at each end, as

well as at two intermediate locations. These cleanouts provide the access required for flushing, cleaning and

camera equipment as part of system maintenance, and divide the piping into lengths that can be effectively

accessed by current sewer flushing technology.

In both Stages 1 and 2, eight (8) leachate sumps receive the drainage area of twenty (20) LCP runs.

Leachate removal from the cell is accomplished by means of removable submersible pumps that are

activated by electronic leachate level control systems.

Temporary interior containment berms are installed between the operating Phases to both prevent the

escape of leachate from the active cell and prevent the inflow of clean surface runoff from adjacent areas

into the active cell area (where it would require handling as leachate). These berms are located along the

east-west central subgrade crest of the Stage, as well as along the north-south subgrade crests at the limits

of each Phase as the Stages are developed. The berms are built with compacted clay soil or by leaving

native clay soils in place as the subgrade is excavated and removed sequentially as the cells are

constructed and put into operation, thereby recovering the air space.

The existing approved design of Stage 2 consists of a natural containment landfill that relies on the low

permeability silty clay deposit to constitute the bottom liner, overlain by a leachate collection system (LCS)

consisting of a leachate collection blanket and a protective layer (separator geotextile, drainage blanket,

filter geotextile and a sand protective layer).

The entire area of Stage 1 is closed and capped with a permeable final cover consisting of a 1 metre thick

(minimum) layer of cover soil (0.85 metres of uncompacted soil with the upper 0.15 metres consisting of

topsoil). Landfilling operations in Stage 1 concluded as of early July 2012, as landfilling of waste

commenced in Stage 2. The Stage 1 maximum top elevation is 79.5 metres AMSL.

Phases 1 to 4 in Stage 2 are closed and capped with a low-permeability final cover consisting of 0.15

metres of bedding sand, 40 mil Low-linear Density Polyethylene (LLDPE) geomembrane, 0.3 metre

drainage layer and 0.3 metres of cover and top soil. Phases 5 to 8 in Stage 2 are still active. The Stage 2

maximum top elevation is 79.25 metres AMSL.

Page 17: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

10

4.4.4 Stage 3A

The existing approved design of Stage 3A consists of a natural containment landfill that relies on the low

permeability silty clay deposit to constitute the bottom liner, such as in Stages 1 and 2, overlain by a

leachate collection system (LCS) consisting of a leachate collection blanket and a protective layer consisting

of smaller gradation granular stones acting as a filter, as per Ontario Regulation 232/98, Schedule 1. This

protective layer replaces the sand layer and filter geotextile used in Stages 1 and 2. The maximum elevation

of the landfill in Stage 3A is 80 metres AMSL.

The design and operations of Stage 3A for the EOWHF was approved in February 2017.

Stage 3A will be surrounded by a perimeter containment berm with a minimum top platform width of 20

metres to provide adequate overall stability to the landfill, with exterior slopes of 4H:1V (Horizontal:Vertical)

and interior cell slopes of 4H:1V.

In Stage 3A, the perimeter berm incorporates a hydraulic barrier consisting of a geosynthetic clay liner

(GCL) which extends the full height of the berms, down through the desiccated clay and keyed into the

underlying grey silty clay. The reinforced GCL is placed within the berm at an inclination of 3H:1V, and

underlain and overlain by the exterior berm fill. It also incorporates alternative hydraulic barrier in the

construction of the exterior containment berms. As such, the Stage 3A containment berms can be built from

on-site excavated compacted clay and keyed into the underlying non-desiccated silty clay.

The approved design of Stage 3A recognized that consolidation settlement of the silty clay deposit will occur

due to the applied load of the waste mound. The base is excavated in a saw-tooth pattern with high density

polyethylene (HDPE) perforated leachate collection piping (LCP) on 40 metre centres along each trough in

the pattern. The desiccated clay subgrade is shaped by excavation at a 2% cross fall toward the LCP, while

the clay subgrade has a 0.5% to 0.75% longitudinal grade, from the high point along the east-west

centreline towards the north and south end edges of the aforementioned Stage, to build the perimeter

leachate header piping (LHP) trench.

The LCP connects to LHP located in a header trench along the north and south sides of the base of Stage

3A. The connections are by means of a cross fitting, such that each LCP continues up the exterior berm

sideslope and terminates as a cleanout. Similarly, the LHP is provided with a clean out at each end, as well

as at two intermediate locations. These cleanouts provide the access required for flushing, cleaning and

camera equipment as part of system maintenance, and divide the piping into lengths that can be effectively

accessed by current sewer flushing technology.

In Stage 3A, six (6) leachate sumps will receive the drainage area of sixteen (16) runs. Leachate removal

from the cell is accomplished by means of removable submersible pumps that are activated by electronic

leachate level control systems.

Temporary interior containment berms are installed between the operating Phases to both prevent the

escape of leachate from the active cell and prevent the inflow of clean surface runoff from adjacent areas

into the active cell area (where it would require handling as leachate). These berms are located along the

east-west central subgrade crest of the Stage, as well as along the north-south subgrade crests at the limits

of each Phase as the Stage is developed. The berms are built with compacted clay soil or by leaving native

clay soils in place as the subgrade is excavated and removed sequentially as the cells are constructed and

put into operation, thereby recovering the air space.

Page 18: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

11

4.4.5 Stormwater Management

The drainage system associated with the final cover of Stage 1 and parts of Stage 2 consists of conveyance

toe ditches located along the edges of each stage. Designed to convey up to the 100 year flow, the toe

ditches also collect most of the runoff from the roads located around the perimeter of the stages. The runoff

collected by the toe ditches is conveyed to specific wet Stormwater Management (SWM) ponds which are

designed to provide quality as well as quantity controls up to the 5 year storm event. Each SWM pond is

sized to provide 80% sediment long term removal. The SWM ponds have the following components:

• An inlet structure and headwall;

• A sediment forebay and berm;

• A main pond cell; and

• An outlet control and overflow structure.

Each pond has a dedicated inlet structure that drains the runoff from the covered landfill areas and

associated roadways.

The outflow from the SWM ponds is conveyed by a perimeter channel to a dedicated outlet located in the

north-west corner of the property. As noted above, the perimeter channel also collects the natural and

existing runoff from the remainder of the site where peat removal activities are still in operation. The

perimeter channel has been sized to hydraulically convey the 100 year flow and to provide enough on-line

storage to control the future 10 year flow to the natural levels. The outlet of the perimeter channel is located

at the north-west corner of the site and generally coincides with the natural outlet of the site to the Fraser

Drain.

4.5 Leachate Management and Treatment

4.5.1 Leachate Collection System

Landfill leachate is currently collected from sixteen (16) individual cells (eight in Stage 1 and eight in Stage

2) and transferred via a 150-250 mm force main to the South Leachate Aeration Pond and subsequently to

the adjacent South East Leachate Aeration Pond (respective capacities: 16,500 m3 and 10,500 m

3).

Leachate from the composting facility is transferred into the South Aeration Pond. The effluent is then

transferred via a 250 mm force main either directly to the Leachate Treatment Facility (LTF) or to the North

Leachate Holding Pond (NLHP). The NLHP has a total effective storage capacity of 117,400 m3. The pre-

treated leachate is transferred to the LTF via a 150 mm forcemain. The 150 mm forcemain from the NLHP

enters the chemical room at the LTF, connecting to the feed lines to the first SMBR. The feed line from the

South-East Aeration pond is piped to the LTF boiler room then directly to the first SMBR. The flow rate is

adjusted by a signal which opens and closes a pneumatic valve as per the operator’s settings.

The treated effluent is directed to the 9,600 m3 storage capacity effluent holding ponds (EHP). The EHP

have a common outlet structure supplied by two (2) 150 mm diameter HDPE discharge pipes and one

single discharge pump. The treated effluent is discharged to the Fraser Drain by batch when compliant with

the effluent limits presented in Table 2 below. In 2016, batch discharge events occurred once every two

weeks.

If the treated effluent contained in either EHP fails to meet the batch discharge effluent limits, the contents

can be transferred to the Auxiliary Wetland Treatment System (AWTS) for further treatment or recycled back

to the LTF for further treatment.

Page 19: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

12

Table 2: Effluent Limits

Effluent Parameter Concentration Limit (mg/L)

CBOD5 10.0

Total Suspended Solids 10.0

Total Phosphorus 0.3

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (TAN) 1.0

Dissolved Oxygen (Minimum Level) 4.0

Iron 1.0

Copper 0.2

Zinc 0.2

Phenols 0.005

pH 6.0 to 8.5

4.5.2 Leachate Treatment Facility

The LTF is located at the northwest end of the site and has been operational since August 1, 2007. The

LTF operates under Amended ECA No. 3962-AQPJDP dated August 29, 2017. The LTF treats leachate

collected by the leachate collection system and the compost facility at the EOWHF. The ECA allows for the

LTF to have an ultimate rated hydraulic capacity of 833 m3 per day. The average leachate treatment flow in

2016 was 373 m3/d.

The system comprises two aeration ponds (south and south east) located south of Stage 1 and three (3)

Suspended Media Biological Reactors (SMBR), followed by a coagulation/flocculation tank, a dissolved air

flotation device (DAF) and a tertiary filtration system all located in an enclosed building at the northwest end

of the site. The south leachate aeration pond and southeast leachate aeration pond provide primary

treatment of SMBR influent through elevation of dissolved oxygen and subsequent scrubbing of ammonia.

Additional benefits resulting from use of the south and southeast aeration ponds includes some settling of

leachate solids, and lowering of biological oxygen demand (BOD) before entering the SMBRs. The SMBRs

provide treatment for the remaining BOD and for nitrogen ammonia. A boiler room provides the heat to the

leachate that is necessary for nitrification during cold seasons.

4.6 Landfill Gas Management

4.6.1 Gas-to-Energy Facility

An onsite 4.2 MW landfill gas-to-energy facility owned by Moose Creek Energy L.P., a partnership between

Energy Ottawa Inc. and Integrated Gas Recovery Services (IGRS), is operated under ECA No. 1387-

7QUGFA dated February 1, 2010, Amended ECA No. 5665-8STRV7 dated April 26, 2012, and Amendment

to ECA No. A420018, Notice No. 1 dated July 31, 2014. The facility, along with the flaring and wellfield

systems, is operated by IGRS.

The landfill gas (LFG) collection system collects and conveys the landfill gas to four (4) Jenbacher internal

combustion reciprocating engines capable of generating up to 4.2 MW of power. As a backup, the landfill

gas can also be combusted in an enclosed flare. The utilization system is owned by Moose Creek Energy,

which is an Ontario-based partnership between IGRS and Energy Ottawa Inc. (EOI). IGRS operates the

utilization facility, as well as the flaring and wellfield systems.

Page 20: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

13

The LFG collection system includes 108 vertical extraction wells connected by buried sub-lateral, lateral and

header piping. The sub-lateral, lateral and header piping are sloped towards strategic drainage locations

where condensate is drained into the waste or pumped to the leachate collection system (LCS).

The facility was constructed in 2012 and began commercial operations in January 2013. It operates under

Amended Environmental Compliance Approval No. 5665-8STRV7 dated April 26, 2012. The Environmental

Compliance Approval allows for operation of up to eight gensets at this facility and one siloxane purge flare.

The electricity generated by the gensets is interconnected to the local utility grid. The process can be

divided into two main components:

• Landfill Gas Collection System; and

• Engine/Generators Facility.

4.6.2 Landfill Gas Collection System

The LFG combusted in the engine/generators is collected by the LFG Collection System. The LFG

Collection System is the portion of the system which collects and conveys the LFG to the LFG Plant. The

LFG collection system design includes vertical extraction wells (seventy-two in Stage 1, seventy-two in

Stage 2 and forty in Stage 3A) connected by buried sub-lateral, lateral and header piping. The collection

piping slopes towards strategic drainage locations where condensate is drained into the waste or pumped to

the leachate collection system.

LFG is conveyed from the wellfield to the LFG Plant via buried piping. The LFG Plant is located south of

Stage 1 and west of the public (small vehicles) drop-off area. The LFG Plant will ultimately consist of eight

engines, an air compressor, three LFG blowers, three chiller skids and one enclosed flare.

The LFG collection system is connected to a central mechanical system that provides the vacuum

necessary to extract the LFG from the wellfield and transfer it under low pressure to the Jenbacher engines

for combustion. Under normal operations when LFG is being sent to the engines, the enclosed flare will be

shut down and will act only as a backup LFG control device.

The following LFG volumes were combusted in 2016:

• approximately 19,143,303 (standard) m3 of LFG in the four (4) Jenbacher internal combustion

reciprocating engines;

• approximately 4,879,448 (standard) m3 of LFG in the enclosed flare; and

• approximately 496,077 (standard) m3 of LFG in the siloxane flare.

The total volume of LFG combusted during 2016, as illustrated above, was 24,518,828 (standard) m3.

4.7 General Housekeeping Operations

4.7.1 Dust (Dust Management Plan)

Dust is an inherent part of landfilling operations, particularly during long dry spells when rain is not present

to wet down well-travelled roads. The main source of dust is on-site access roads, particularly if unpaved,

and equipment movement around the landfill working area. To deal with dust, a number of dust control

measures are used:

• The landfill access road (the road allowance between Concession 9 and 10, Lafleche Road) from

Highway 138 was paved. Gravel is the proposed surface material for the landfill roads from the

Page 21: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

14

scales to the working area. Waste materials, such as concrete rubble or wood chips, that have a

low silt content may also be used to reduce dust levels in the landfill;

• Trucks using the site are restricted to a maximum speed of 19 kilometres per hour to avoid

excess amounts of airborne dust or suspended particulate matter. This is important on the

unpaved roads;

• To avoid excessive dust generation, on-site roads are routinely maintained as part of normal site

operations. During dry periods, water is applied on a regular basis on unpaved or surface treated

roads. Approved dust suppressants are used, when required; and

• When possible, on windy days the working face is operated below the level of the surrounding

lands.

The access road from Highway 138 to the site is long (1.4 kilometres). This helps in minimizing the amount

of mud tracked from the site onto public highways. Due to the length of the road, a tire washing facility may

be considered for the site, if the methods mentioned above are not effective. To date, this has not been

required.

4.7.2 Noise

Sources of noise include the operation of waste trucks, excavation equipment and compactors. Recognizing

the existing operations, both on-site (peat extractions) and on surrounding lands (soil farming), and the

proximity to a major 400 series highway (Highway 417), noise from landfill operations produces a minimal

increase in noise beyond the background noise levels. Moreover, noise level monitoring activities are

conducted twice a year at the nearest residence as part of GFL’s environmental monitoring program.

Results gathered from 2012 to 2015 inclusively indicate that site operations are not audible at the receptor

point. Standard landfill noise control practices are sufficient. Below is a listing of measures which are

practiced:

• U-shaped working berm to provide an obstacle to break the line-of-sight between the noise

sources and the receptor;

• Screening berms (west/north perimeters);

• Development stages sequenced to place equipment and haul routes behind the landfill mound;

• Equipment is maintained to manufacturer specifications to ensure that undue noise does not

occur (e.g., mufflers maintained);

• Construction activities are limited to site hours of operation under normal conditions (unless

unusual weather conditions dictate otherwise); and

• Ongoing tree planting may be carried out to enhance noise screening.

The site is operated in accordance with the MOECC’s “Noise Guidelines for Landfill Sites”.

4.7.3 Litter

Litter is controlled through a number of methods. Portable litter control fences are used around the working

area. The fences are placed immediately downwind of the working area to maximize the capture of

windblown litter. The portable litter fence units are mounted on skids so that they may be moved by landfill

equipment on a daily basis to remain downwind of the working face. Their location is determined based on

the prevailing wind conditions. These fencing units have the capability of being joined so that varying

Page 22: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

15

lengths of fence can be constructed to meet different conditions. A typical fence is approximately 3.5

metres in height by 9 metres in length.

Perimeter fences around the site in strategic locations are also used as a means of containing litter.

Keeping the working face to a minimum width assists in reducing litter generation. Lightweight waste

materials are covered as soon as possible with other waste or soil.

Drivers of waste trucks are required to properly cover their loads to prevent escape of waste. A tarp

removal area is designated close to the working face. Although use of tarpaulins cannot be enforced for

trucks on public roads, any truck that comes to the site is refused entry if its load is not properly secured.

Occurrences of such violations are recorded.

As there are no controls that will completely stop blowing litter during windy days, a regular program of litter

pickup is operated at the site. Litter is collected from the spaces between the portable and permanent

fences on an as required basis at the discretion of GFL’s environmental compliance or operations manager.

The litter control fences are cleaned regularly. Extra staff are assigned to litter collection after windy days

and in the spring, when snowmelt reveals litter not seen during winter months.

Litter collection off-site on adjacent properties is done on an as required basis.

4.7.4 Vectors and Vermin

The presence of animals at the landfill is of concern because of their potential to create a nuisance to

surrounding residences and agricultural activities. Animals may be attracted to a landfill because it provides

a suitable foraging habitat. Consequently, they could move onto the landfill temporarily or permanently.

Because the working area is compacted and covered daily with soil, rodents and insects do not survive at

modern landfills and do not create problems.

Birds such as Ring-billed and Herring Gulls may become a nuisance by attending adjacent or nearby

properties, creating noise and fouling on those sites, and causing damage to earthworm populations on

agricultural lands. To address the control of gull numbers, a bird control program was initiated at the onset of

landfilling. Method options include:

• Daily cover of waste;

• Minimize size of working face;

• Minimize areas of bare ground;

• Encourage growth of tall grass (discourage loafing);

• Vegetated banks at the stormwater management ponds;

• Canadian Wildlife Service – Scare/Kill Permit;

• Use of scare pistols (bangers, crackers) to discourage seagulls at tipping faces, overhead, and in

loafing areas;

• Falconry services, using trained hawks and/or falcons; and

• Daily observation and recording of seagull kill numbers.

Page 23: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

16

4.7.5 Fire Control

The method of preventing surface fires is to monitor all loads being received at the site and check loads for

any hot materials. Subsurface fires may occur when air is drawn into the landfill by the landfill gas collection

system, thus providing the oxygen for spontaneous combustion. When operating the gas collection system,

care must be taken not to draw air into the landfill through the cover or the various engineered features,

such as the leachate riser pipes.

Detection and determination of a subsurface fire can be difficult. A subsurface fire is typically indicated by:

• Unusual or rapid landfill settlement;

• Venting of smoke;

• Combustion residue in header lines;

• Carbon monoxide in landfill gas; and

• Elevated landfill gas temperatures.

The location and extent of a subsurface fire can be determined by the following methods:

• Excavation or borings to allow visual examination of refuse; and

• Installation of test wells to allow monitoring of subsurface temperature gradients.

All site staff and personnel are trained in the prevention and detection of fires. Annual firefighting exercises

are undertaken so that staff are familiar with equipment, such as hoses, pumps and extinguishers, and are

able to use the equipment effectively. An Emergency Response Manual, including firefighting procedures is

available to all staff and personnel.

There is sufficient equipment at the site to fight most fires. The inventory of landfill equipment includes

portable pumps, hoses, extinguishers and heavy equipment (bulldozers, compactors). Most equipment is

equipped with fire suppression units and checked on a regular basis to ensure that it is operational.

Firefighting assistance from municipal fire services is organized and requested, if required.

4.7.6 Odour Control

The potential sources of odour are waste at the working face, landfill gas (LFG), landfill leachate and the

compost facility.

Waste that is brought to the site with a strong odour is placed at the toe of the working face and covered

immediately with other garbage or soil cover. The application of cover soils at the end of the working day

also controls odour. If required, odour suppressing agents are used to eliminate odour problems. Odours

from waste may originate from cracks or fissures in the soil cover after landfilling has taken place. Regular

inspections identify any cracks that can be repaired by filling with soil.

As odour control for leachate, the North Leachate Holding Pond (NLHP) has solar powered surface

aerators/mixers designed to maintain dissolved oxygen (DO) levels greater than 2.0 milligrams per litre

within the top 0.6 metres of the lagoons to form an odour cap and control potential odour generation. In

addition, the NLHP has a chemical addition system used for adding calcium nitrate, hydrogen peroxide, and

Biostreme™ “Micronutrient Formulation” to control odours on an as-needed basis and an odour control

chemical misting system (Airstreme™ or equivalent) used as a back-up in case of failure of available regular

odour control measures. Lafleche may also mist 12% chlorine at 50% dilution over the leachate holding

Page 24: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

17

ponds. Under normal operating conditions, no odours can be perceived in the area of the leachate treatment

system.

Odour control for the compost facility is outlined in Amended ECA No. 9112-9DMTGX. The composting

facility is equipped with a biofilter to treat air captured from the air handling systems.

4.7.7 Inspection and Maintenance

A routine program of inspection and maintenance of all site facilities is carried out to ensure that site

facilities remain in good repair. Any deficiencies or deviations noted from the approved operations plan are

addressed promptly. Operations/maintenance observations are made daily in the course of routine

operations. The specific inspection items are as follows:

• Evidence of any unacceptable waste or illegal dumping;

• Adequacy of the daily cover;

• Need for dust control on working areas or access roads;

• Loose litter on-site and/or offsite;

• Unacceptable levels of odours and noise;

• Evidence of leachate discharge to surface in the immediate vicinity of the work; and

• Evidence of leachate breakouts.

A thorough weekly inspection is carried out with the results documented. The weekly inspection items are

as follows:

• Condition of site access roads (potholes, snow removal, etc.);

• Condition of site security facilities (fencing, gates, signage, etc.);

• Scale in good working order;

• Inspection of waste handling and placement practices;

• Inspection of daily and interim cover placement practices;

• Inspection of litter control practices;

• Condition of on-site ditches and ponds;

• Condition of final cover;

• Performance of vector control; and

• Condition of excavated areas and leachate collection systems.

Operating staff maintain a logbook with appropriate checklists and maintenance is carried out on an as-

required basis.

4.7.8 Complaints Procedure

As per the current practice, complaints from residents about the operation of the landfill (e.g., noise, dust,

odour, litter) are logged with date and approximate time they occurred as well as the weather conditions at

the time. At the time of complaint, staff attempt to determine the source of the complaint. If a source can be

Page 25: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

18

identified, it is logged and the party making the complaint is notified of the source. The action taken to

resolve the situation is documented. Complaints are reported to the MOECC and also included in the

annual report.

4.7.9 Record Keeping

Site inspection records and daily waste records must be retained at the site for a minimum of two years.

The records must include the following information:

a) Type, date and time of arrival, hauler and/or customer, and quantity (by weight) of the following:

o All waste received for disposal;

o Alternative cover materials received; and

o Material received for composting.

b) Area of the site in which waste disposal operations are taking place;

c) All complaints received from the public and a description of the action taken in response to the complaint;

d) Calculation of the total quantity (by weight) of waste received at the site for each day;

e) Quantity of leachate removed or treated and discharged from the site;

f) Record of litter collection activities and application of any dust suppressants;

g) Record of inspections of any control, treatment, disposal or monitoring facilities;

h) Description of any out-of-service period of any control, treatment, disposal or monitoring facilities, reasons for the loss of service, and action taken to restore and maintain service;

i) Results of any tests completed to determine the acceptability of the waste at the site; and

j) Summary of any rejected waste including type, quantity, reasons for rejection, and origin.

4.7.10 Winter Operations

A variety of snow removal equipment is available on-site. A loader, backhoe and truck(s) equipped with a

snow plow are typically used for snow removal at the site.

Stockpiles of sandy material are available on-site for use as cover material during cold winter weather, if

required. A bulldozer or excavator equipped with a ripper can be used to remove frozen material and

expose underlying material suitable for use as daily cover. Equipment is available to transport sandy cover

material to the active landfill face if required.

4.7.11 Fencing

Currently, the site access is controlled by fencing and gates that are locked during non-operating hours.

Access to the site along the boundaries is controlled by the natural topography, existing vegetation,

screening berms and ditching.

4.7.12 Signage

A clearly visible sign is posted at the site entrance with the following information:

• MOECC Environmental Compliance Approval;

• Identification of GFL as the site operator and owner;

Page 26: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

19

• Site operating hours;

• Accepted wastes;

• Prohibited wastes; and

• Telephone number for emergencies and complaints.

A sign is also posted stating the site’s rules:

• All trucks must be covered;

• No trespassing;

• No scavenging;

• No burning of waste;

• No illegal dumping;

• Maximum speed limit;

• Allowable and prohibited waste types; and

• Tipping fee schedule.

Health and safety signage is also posted around the site perimeter and work areas.

Page 27: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

20

5 Summary Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

The Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report documents the existing layout, infrastructure

and operation of the Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility. The existing landfill design and operations

characteristics outlined in this report will be used during the development of the conceptual design

alternatives and in the assessment of potential effects on the environment.

The findings of the other existing conditions reports will augment the existing conditions information

provided in this report.

As documented in the approved ToR, two landfill expansion options for the existing EOWHF have been

identified:

• Developing the areas of Stage 3B and Stage 4 as originally planned in the 1998 EA; and

• Developing Stage 3B as contemplated in the original approval (1998 EA) and the development of

a modified configuration of Stage 4.

As per the approved ToR, the study area includes the existing site. The proposed alternatives are located

within the existing site adjacent to Stages 2 and 3A where no buildings or physical features have been noted

to impact the conceptual design.

The findings of the other existing conditions reports will be reviewed prior to the development of the

conceptual design for Stages 3B and 4.

Page 28: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

21

6 References

BPR-Infrastructure Inc., 2015. 2014 Site Development, Operations and Environmental Monitoring Report.

Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Moose Creek, Ontario (ECA No.

A420018, CofA No. 5759-8FGS44, and ECA No. 9112-9DMTGX), April 2015.

BPR-Infrastructure Inc., 2014. 2013 Site Development, Operations and Environmental Monitoring Report.

Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Moose Creek, Ontario (ECA No.

A420018, CofA No. 5759-8FGS44, and ECA No. 9112-9DMTGX), April 2014.

Golder Associates, 2009. Design and Operations Report, Eastern Ontario Landfill, Golder Associates

Report No. 09-1125-0007, December 2009.

Golder Associates, 1998. Hydrogeological and Geotechnical Characterization and Conceptual Design,

Proposed Landfill Development, Part Lots 16, 17 and 18, Concession X, Township of Roxborough, Ontario,

Golder Associates Report No. 971-2818, June 1998.

Tera Tech QI Inc., 2016. 2015 Site Development, Operations and Environmental Monitoring Report.

Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Moose Creek, Ontario (ECA No.

A420018, CofA No. 5759-8FGS44, and ECA No. 9112-9DMTGX), April 2016.

Tetra Tech QI Inc., 2016. Stage 3A Design and Operations Report, Eastern Ontario Waste Handling

Facility, A420018, February 26, 2016.

Lafleche (Lafleche Environmental Inc.). July 2015. Terms of Reference for the Environmental Assessment

of the Proposed Expansion of the Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility.

Page 29: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

22

7 Glossary of Terms

Glossary of Terms

Term Definition

Approval Permission granted by an authorized individual or organization for an undertaking to proceed. This may be in the form of program approval, certificate of approval or provisional certificate of approval.

Capacity Disposal Volume

The total volume of airspace available for disposal of waste at a landfill site for a particular design (typically in m

3); includes both waste and daily cover materials, but excludes the

final cover.

Composting The controlled microbial decomposition of organic matter, such as food and yard wastes, in the presence of oxygen, into finished compost (humus), a soil-like material. Humus can be used in vegetable and flower gardens, hedges, etc.

Composting facility A facility design to compost organic matter either in the presence of oxygen (aerobic) or absence of oxygen (anaerobic).

Construction and demolition (C&D) waste

Solid waste produced in the course of residential, commercial, industrial or institutional building construction, demolition, or renovation (e.g., lumber, brick, concrete, plaster, glass, stone, drywall, etc.)

Environment As defined by the Environmental Assessment Act, environment means:

� air, land or water;

� plant and animal life, including human life;

� the social, economic and cultural conditions that influence the life of humans or a community;

� any building, structure, machine or other device or thing made by humans;

� any solid, liquid, gas, odour, heat, sound, vibration or radiation resulting directly or indirectly from human activities; or

� any part or combination of the foregoing and the interrelationships between any two or more of them (ecosystem approach).

Environmental Assessment (EA)

A systematic planning process that is conducted in accordance with applicable laws or regulations aimed at assessing the effects of a proposed undertaking on the environment.

Environmental Compliance Approval (ECA)

A license or permit issued by the Ministry of the Environment and Climate Change for the operation of a waste management site/facility.

Evaluation criteria Evaluation criteria are considerations or factors taken into account in assessing the advantages and disadvantages of various alternatives being considered.

Indicators Indicators are specific characteristics of the evaluation criteria that can be measured or determined in some way, as opposed to the actual criteria, which are fairly general.

Industrial, commercial and institutional (IC&I) wastes

Wastes originating from the industrial, commercial and institutional sectors

Landfill gas The gases produced from the wastes disposed in a landfill; the main constituents are typically carbon dioxide and methane, with small amounts of other organic and odour-causing compounds.

Landfill site An approved engineered site/facility used for the final disposal of waste. Landfills are waste disposal sites where waste is spread in layers, compacted to the smallest practical volume, and typically covered by soil.

Leachate Liquid that drains from solid waste in a landfill and which contains dissolved, suspended and/or microbial contaminants from the breakdown of this waste.

Page 30: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

23

Term Definition

Material Recovery Facility

A processing facility which sorts recyclable materials into various streams (e.g., glass, newspaper, aluminum, steel, etc.)

Receptor The person, plant or wildlife species that may be affected due to exposure to a contaminant.

Terms of Reference A terms of reference is a document that sets out detailed requirements for the preparation of an Environmental Assessment.

Undertaking Is defined in the Environmental Assessment Act as follows:

� An enterprise or activity or a proposal, plan or program in respect of an enterprise or activity by or on behalf of Her Majesty in right of Ontario, by a public body or public bodies or by a municipality or municipalities;

� A major commercial or business enterprise or activity or a proposal, plan or program in respect of a major commercial or business enterprise or activity of a person or persons other than a person or persons referred to in clause (1) that is designated by the regulations; or

� An enterprise or activity or a proposal, plan or program in respect of an enterprise or activity of a person or persons, other than a person or persons referred to in clause (a), if an agreement is entered into under section 3.0.1 in respect of the enterprise, activity, proposal, plan or program; ("enterprise").

Waste Refuse from places of human or animal habitation; unwanted materials left over from a manufacturing process.

Waste electrical and electronic equipment

A term encompassing all electronic waste (typically anything with a cord) designated by the MOECC for end-of-life management by Ontario Electronic Stewardship

Page 31: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

24

8 Acronyms and Units

List of Acronyms

Acronym Definition

CEAA Canadian Environmental Assessment Act

EA Environmental Assessment

EAA Environmental Assessment Act

EASR Environmental Assessment Study Report

ECA Environmental Compliance Approval

EOWHF Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility

EPA Environmental Protection Act

MOECC (Ontario) Ministry of the Environment and Climate Change

OEAA Ontario Environmental Assessment Act

ToR Terms of Reference

List of Units

Unit Definition

cm centimetre

ha hectare

km kilometre

m metre

MW megawatt

cubic metres

tpy tonnes per year

AMSL Above mean sea level

Page 32: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

Appendix A

Evaluation Criteria - Terms of Reference

Page 33: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

· ·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Page 34: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

Appendix B

Figures

Page 35: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Eatern OntarioWaste HandlingFacility - Landfill

Expansion EA

Landfill Design& Operation

Legend

Figure 1:On-Site Study Area

Page 36: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

LPZ-7 (DEEP)

LP-10

LP-11

LP-6

LP-9

LP-7

LP-4

LP-3

LP-2

LPZ-5

LPZ-6 (SHALLOW) LPZ-3 (SHALLOW)LPZ-4 (DEEP)

LPZ-1 (SHALLOW)LPZ-2 (DEEP)

LP-12

LP-16

LP-13

LP-15

POND 7

POND 1POND 2

LPZ-8 (SHALLOW)LPZ-9 (DEEP)

LPZ-10 (SHALLOW)

LPZ-11 (DEEP)

LPZ-12

LPZ-13

LP-1

(64.45)

×

65.00

SITE GEOREFERENCE POINTNORTHING: 5,018,980.134EASTING : 187,165.201

A ISSUED FOR COMMENTS D.L.

0 ISSUED FOR USE D.L.

1 ISSUED FOR FINAL REPORT D.L.

EASTERN ONTARIOWASTE HANDLING FACILITY

LANDFILL EXPANSION

FIGURE 2:TOPOGRAPHICCONTOURS

31695TTH

APRIL 2017 1:6000 1

D. LESSARD D. GRENIER 31695TTH-C-SK02 1 1

LEACHATE PIEZOMETERLOCATION

LEACHATE PUMPLOCATION

LPZ-

LP-

EXISTING LEACHATEFORCEMAIN

PROPERTY BOUNDARY

EXISTINGELECTRICAL LINE

PROPOSEDELECTRICAL LINE

LEGEND

100 200500METERS BUFFER AERA LIMIT

SOUTH EASTLEACHATEAERATION POND

SOUTHLEACHATEAERATION POND

COMPOSTINGBUILDING

BIOFILTER

OUTDOORSTORAGE

BUILDING

PUBLICDROP-OFF AREA

ADMINISTRATIVEOFFICE

SITE ENTRANCEFRONT GATE

LANDFILL GASUTILIZATIONFACILITY

WEIGH SCALES

PRETREATED LEACHATEEAST STORAGE POND

(TO BE ABANDONED)

VEGETATED SURFACEFLOW WETLANDS

TREATED EFFLUENTHOLDING POND 2

TREATED EFFLUENTHOLDING POND 1

NORTH LEACHATEHOLDING POND

NON-VEGETATEDSURFACE FLOW

WETLANDS

LEACHATE TREATMENTFACILITY

ELECTRONICWASTECONSOLIDATIONBUILDING

MOVABLE BUILDING FOREQUIPMENT PROTECTION

COMPOST CURING PADAND STORAGE PILES

Page 37: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

PRETREATED LEACHATEEAST STORAGE POND(TO BE ABANDONED)

VEGETATEDSURFACE FLOW

WETLANDS

NON-VEGETATEDSURFACE FLOW

WETLANDS

NORTHLEACHATE

HOLDING POND

TREATED EFFLUENTHOLDING POND 1

TREATEDEFFLUENT

HOLDING POND 2

LPZ-7 (DEEP)

LP-10

LP-11

LP-6

LP-9

LP-7

LP-4

LP-3

LP-2

LPZ-5

LPZ-6 (SHALLOW) LPZ-3 (SHALLOW)LPZ-4 (DEEP)

LPZ-1 (SHALLOW)LPZ-2 (DEEP)

LP-12

LP-16

LP-13

LP-15

POND 7

POND 1POND 2

LPZ-8 (SHALLOW)LPZ-9 (DEEP)

LPZ-10 (SHALLOW)

LPZ-11 (DEEP)

LPZ-12

LPZ-13

LP-1

SITE GEOREFERENCE POINTNORTHING: 5,018,980.134EASTING : 187,165.201

A ISSUED FOR COMMENTS D.L.

0 ISSUED FOR USE D.L.

1 ISSUED FOR FINAL REPORT D.L.

EASTERN ONTARIOWASTE HANDLING FACILITY

LANDFILL EXPANSION

FIGURE 3:AERIAL PHOTODECEMBER 2015

31695TTH

APRIL 2017 1:6000 1

D. LESSARD D. GRENIER 31695TTH-C-SK03 1 1

LEACHATE PIEZOMETERLOCATION

LEACHATE PUMPLOCATION

LPZ-

LP-

EXISTING LEACHATEFORCEMAIN

PROPERTY BOUNDARY

EXISTINGELECTRICAL LINE

PROPOSEDELECTRICAL LINE

LEGEND

100 200500METERS BUFFER AERA LIMIT

BUILDING

PUBLICDROP-OFF AREA

ADMINISTRATIVEOFFICE

SITE ENTRANCEFRONT GATE

LANDFILL GASUTILIZATIONFACILITY

WEIGH SCALES

SOUTH EASTLEACHATEAERATION POND

SOUTHLEACHATEAERATION POND

COMPOSTINGBUILDING

BIOFILTER

OUTDOORSTORAGE

ELECTRONICWASTECONSOLIDATIONBUILDING

MOVABLE BUILDING FOREQUIPMENT PROTECTION

COMPOST CURING PADAND STORAGE PILES

Page 38: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Report

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Landfill Expansion Environmental Assessment

Appendix C

Environmental Compliance Approvals (ECAs)

Page 39: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 1 - NUMBER A420018

Ministry of the EnvironmentMinistère de l’Environnement

AMENDED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE APPROVALNUMBER A420018

Issue Date: December 14, 2012

Laflèche Environmental Inc.17125 Laflèche RdMoose Creek, OntarioK0C 1W0

Site Location: Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility17125 Laflèche Rd Moose CreekNorth Stormont Township, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and GlengarryK0C 1W0

You have applied under section 20.2 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. E. 19

(Environmental Protection Act) for approval of:

A waste disposal site that includes a 66 hectare landfilling site, Composting Facility and Waste Transfer and

Processing Station all located within a total site area of 189 hectares.

For the purpose of this environmental compliance approval, the following definitions apply:

DEFINITIONS

(i) "Composting Facility " means the buildings and area of land identified as being part of the composting

operation including but not limited to storage and composting areas.

(ii) "Crown " means Her Majesty the Queen in the Right of Ontario;

(iii) "ECA " means this entire Environmental Compliance Approval document, issued in accordance with section 20.3 of Part II.1 of the EPA , and includes any schedules to it, the application and the supporting documentation listed in Schedule "A";

(iv) "Director " means any Ministry employee appointed in writing by the Minister pursuant to section 5 of the EPA as a Director for the purposes of Part V of the EPA ;

(v) "District Manager " means the District Manager of the local district office of the Ministry in which the Site is geographically located;

Page 40: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 2 - NUMBER A420018

(vi) "EPA " means Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. E. 19, as amended;

(vii) "Finished Compost" means the organic waste that has been composted and fully cured and is considered ready for sampling and testing for compliance with the compost quality criteria. Finished Compost is considered a waste until testing for the compost quality criteria is completed and compliance with the criteria is demonstrated.

(viii) "Food Waste" means waste from kitchens, restaurants, food processing operations, waste of vegetable and animal origin, packaging materials that have been in direct contact with and are contaminated by these wastes and waste of a similar nature and characteristics, including waste that is liable to become putrid, rotten or decayed.

(ix) "Immature Compost " means the organic waste which has been composted in the aerated composting channels and screened. Composted organic waste is considered an immature compost until it has been fully cured and is ready for compliance testing for compost quality criteria. Immature compost is considered a waste;

(x) "Landfill " means the areas of land within the Site used for landfilling and includes but is not limited to any Major Works , engineered controls or buffer areas.

(xi) “Leaf and Yard Waste” means waste consisting of natural Christmas trees and other plant materials but not tree limbs or other woody materials in excess of seven (7) centimetres in diameter.

(xii) "Major Works " means all aspects of the leachate, groundwater and gas management systems for the Site ;

(xiii) "Ministry " means the Ontario Ministry of the Environment;

(xiv) "Mitigation Measures " means measures appropriate to prevent and ameliorate adverse effects (as defined in the EPA ) that relate to this Site during the operational life of the Site and following closure of the Site ;

(xv) "NMA " means Nutrient Management Act, 2002, S.O. 2002, c. 4, as amended from time to time.

(xvi) "Owner " means any person that is responsible for the establishment or operation of the Site being approved by this ECA , and includes Laflèche Environmental Inc., its successors and assigns;

(xvii) "OWRA " means the Ontario Water Resources Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. 0.40, as amended;

(xviii) “PA ” means the Pesticides Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. P-11, as amended from time to time;

(xix) "Provincial Officer " means any person designated in writing by the Minister as a provincial officer pursuant to section 5 of the OWRA or section 5 of the EPA or section 17 of PA .

(xx) "Regional Director " means the Regional Director of the local Regional Office of the Ministry in which the Site is located.

Page 41: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 3 - NUMBER A420018

(xxi) "Regulation 232 " or "Reg. 232 " means Ontario Regulation 232/98, New Landfill Standards, made under the EPA, as amended;

(xxii) "Regulation 347 " or "Reg. 347 " means Regulation 347, R.R.O. 1990, made under the EPA , as amended from time to time;

(xxiii) "Reg. 903 " means Regulation 903, made under the OWRA , as amended from time to time;

(xxiv) "SDWA" means Safe Drinking Water Act, 2002, S.O. 2002, c. 32, as amended from time to time.

(xxv) "Site " means the entire waste disposal site including the Landfill, Composting Facility , Waste Transfer

and Processing Station and any and all buffer lands located at 17125 Laflèche Road North Stormont Township, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry as approved by this ECA ;

(xxvi) “Specified Risk Material” or “SRM” includes, at a minimum, but is not limited to, (a) the skull, brain, trigeminal ganglia, eyes, tonsils, spinal cord and dorsal root ganglia of cattle aged 30 months or older; and (b) the distal ileum of cattle of all ages. SRM may also include other additional materials as defined by the federal Health of Animals Regulations, C.R.C. c. 296, as amended from time to time.

(xxvii) "Supporting Documentation" means the documents listed in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA, as amended.

(xxviii) “Trained Personnel” means knowledgeable in the following through instruction and/or practice:

(a) relevant waste management legislation, regulations and guidelines;(b) major environmental concerns pertaining to the waste to be handled;(c) occupational health and safety concerns pertaining to the processes and wastes to be

handled;(d) management procedures including the use and operation of equipment for the processes

and wastes to be handled;(e) records keeping procedures;(f) emergency response procedures;(g) specific written procedures for the control of adverse effects from the Site;(h) specific written procedures for refusal of unacceptable waste loads; and(i) the requirements of this ECA.

(xxix) "Waste Transfer and Processing Station " means the buildings and area of land identified as being part of the waste transfer and processing operation including but not limited to any storage, processing and public drop-off areas.

(xxx) "Wet Leaf and Yard Waste" means leaf and yard waste predominantly consisting of grass clippings and leaves.

Page 42: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 4 - NUMBER A420018

(xxxi) "Wood Waste" means waste that is wood or a wood product, including tree trunks and tree branches greater than seven (7) centimetres diameter, that is not painted/coated or contaminated with chromated copper arsenate, ammoniacal copper arsenic pentachlorophenol or creosote, is not particle board, composite wood or part of an upholstered article, or an article to which a rigid surface treatment is affixed or adhered, unless the rigid surface treatment is predominantly wood or cellulose.

You are hereby notified that this environmental compliance approval is issued to you subject to the terms and

conditions outlined below:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

GENERAL

1.0 Compliance

1.1 The Owner shall ensure compliance with all the conditions of this ECA and shall ensure that any person authorized to carry out work on or operate any aspect of the Site is notified of this ECA and the conditions herein and shall take all reasonable measures to ensure any such person complies with the same.

1.2 Any person authorized to carry out work on or operate any aspect of the Site shall comply with the conditions of this ECA .

2.0 In Accordance

2.1 Except as otherwise provided for in this ECA , the Site shall be operated and maintained as detailed in the Supporting Documentation listed in Schedule “A”.

3.0 Interpretation

3.1 Where there is a conflict between a provision of any document, including the application, referred to in this ECA , and the conditions of this ECA, the conditions in this ECA shall take precedence.

3.2 Where there is a conflict between the application and a provision in any of the Supporting

Documentation listed in Schedule "A", the application shall take precedence, unless it is clear that the purpose of the document was to amend the application and that the Ministry approved the amendment.

3.3 Where there is a conflict between any two documents listed in Schedule "A", other than the application, the document bearing the most recent date shall take precedence.

3.4 The conditions of this ECA are severable. If any condition of this ECA , or the application of any condition of this ECA to any circumstance, is held invalid or unenforceable, the application of such condition to other circumstances and the remainder of this ECA shall not be affected thereby.

Page 43: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 5 - NUMBER A420018

4.0 Other Legal Obligations

4.1 The issuance of, and compliance with, this ECA does not:

(i) relieve any person of any obligation to comply with any provision of any applicable statute, regulation or other legal requirement; or

(ii) limit in any way the authority of the Ministry to require certain steps be taken or to require the Owner to furnish any further information related to compliance with this ECA ;

5.0 Adverse Effect

5.1 The Owner shall take steps to minimize and ameliorate any adverse effect on the natural environment or impairment of water quality resulting from the Site , including such accelerated or additional monitoring as may be necessary to determine the nature and extent of the effect or impairment.

5.2 Despite an Owner , operator or any other person fulfilling any obligations imposed by this ECA , the person remains responsible for any contravention of any other condition of this ECA or any applicable statute, regulation, or other legal requirement resulting from any act or omission that caused the adverse effect to the natural environment or impairment of water quality.

6.0 Change of Owner

6.1 The Owner shall notify the Director , in writing, and forward a copy of the notification to the District

Manager , within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of any changes in the following information:

(i) the ownership of the Site ;(ii) the operator of the Site ;(iii) the address of the Owner or operator;(iv) the partners, where the Owner or operator is or at any time becomes a partnership and a copy of

the most recent declaration filed under the Business Names Act, R. S. O. 1990, c. B.17, shall be included in the notification;

6.2 No portion of this Site shall be transferred or encumbered prior to or after closing of the Site unless the Director is notified in advance and sufficient financial assurance is deposited with the Ministry to ensure that these conditions will be carried out. In the event of any change in ownership of the Site or Major

Works , other than change to a successor municipality, the Owner shall notify the successor of and provide the successor with a copy of this ECA , and the Owner shall provide a copy of the notification to the District Manager and the Director.

7.0 Certificate of Requirement

7.1 Pursuant to Section 197 of the EPA , no person having an interest in the Site shall deal in any way with the Site without first giving a copy of this ECA to each person acquiring an interest in the Site as a result

Page 44: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 6 - NUMBER A420018

of the dealing.

7.2 Two copies of a completed Certificate of Requirement, containing a complete registerable description of the Site shall be submitted to the Director for the Director ’s signature and/or authorization within sixty (60) calendar days of the date of this ECA.

7.3 The Certificate of Requirement shall be registered in the appropriate land registry office on title to the

Site by the Owner within ten (10) calendar days of receiving acknowledgement the Certificate of

Requirement signed by the Director, and a duplicate registered copy shall be submitted to the Director .

8.0 Information and Record Retention

8.1 Any information requested, by the Ministry , concerning the Site and its operation under this ECA , specifically items such as scheduled items, annual reports and any required record keeping, shall be

provided to the Ministry , upon request, in a timely manner.

8.2 The receipt of any information by the Ministry or the failure of the Ministry to prosecute any person or to require any person to take any action, under this ECA or under any statute, regulation or other legal requirement, in relation to the information, shall not be construed as:

(i) an approval, waiver, or justification by the Ministry of any act or omission of any person that contravenes any term or condition of this ECA or any statute, regulation or other legal requirement; or

(ii) acceptance by the Ministry of the information’s completeness or accuracy.

8.3 Any information relating to this ECA and contained in Ministry files may be made available to the public in accordance with the provisions of the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, R.S.O. 1990, C. F-31.

8.4 All records and monitoring data required by the conditions of this ECA for the Composting Facility must be kept on the Site for a minimum period of five (5) years from the date of their creation.

8.5 Notwithstanding Condition 8.4, the Owner or operator shall keep records related to SRM Management for a period of ten (10) years.

9.0 Inspections by the Ministry

9.1 No person shall hinder or obstruct a Provincial Officer from carrying out any and all inspections authorized by the OWRA, SDWA, NMA, EPA, or the PA, of any place to which this ECA relates, and without limiting the foregoing:

(i) to enter upon the premises where the approved works are located, or the location where the records required by the conditions of this ECA are kept;

Page 45: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 7 - NUMBER A420018

(ii) to have access to, inspect, and copy any records required to be kept by the conditions of this ECA;

(iii) to inspect the Site, related equipment and appurtenances;

(iv) to inspect the practices, procedures, or operations required by the conditions of this ECA; and

(v) to sample and monitor for the purposes of assessing compliance with the terms and conditions of this ECA or the OWRA, SDWA, NMA, EPA, or the PA,

10.0 Financial Assurance

10.1 Within twenty (20) days of issuance of this notice the Owner shall submit to the Director , Financial Assurance, as defined in Section 131 of the EPA , for the amount of $10,797,538.00 and provide incremental payments in accordance with Schedule "G" of this ECA . This Financial Assurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Director and shall provide an amount that is sufficient to pay for compliance with and performance of any action specified in this ECA , including the closure and post-closure care of the Site and contingency plans for the Site, as required in Reg. 232 , Sections 17 and 18..

10.2 A written report reviewing the financial assurance required by this ECA shall be submitted to the Director by January 31, 2014, and at intervals of not more than three (3) years thereafter.The report shall include the following:

(i) updates of the discount, interest and inflation rates and cost items associated with the requirements for financial assurance in this ECA including justifications and sources of the proposed rates; and

(ii) a report prepared by a qualified professional engineer which updates the cost estimates on which the amounts associated with the requirements for financial assurance in this ECA are based. The report shall take into consideration the:

actual amounts of waste landfilled; a.projected rate of fill; b.progressive capping of completed fill areas; c.leachate generation rates; d.landfill gas generation rates; e.contaminating life span of the Site with respect to groundwater, surface water and f.landfill gas; any measures that have been carried out or need to be carried out to prevent and g.ameliorate any adverse effect that relates to the site; and annual inspection, maintenance, and monitoring costs, including costs for leachate h.treatment and disposal and landfill gas use or discharge.

10.3 In the event that any Mitigation Measures have been carried out, the report in Condition 10.2 shall describe the Mitigation Measures remaining to be carried out and a certification by the Owner as to the

Page 46: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 8 - NUMBER A420018

work which has been done and materials supplied by the Owner relating to the Mitigation Measures , the fair value thereof, and the balance required to be retained as financial assurance to carry out remaining Mitigation Measures .

10.4 The amount of Financial Assurance is subject to review at any time by the Director and may be amended at his/her discretion. If any Financial Assurance is scheduled to expire or notice is received, indicating Financial Assurance will not be renewed, and satisfactory methods have not been made to replace the Financial assurance at least sixty (60) days before the Financial Assurance terminates, the Financial Assurance shall forthwith be replaced by cash.

10.5 Requirements for financial assurance for this Site may be amended by the Director , from time to time, via an amendment to this ECA with appeal provisions under the EPA , based on a review of the financial assurance submitted by the Owner pursuant to Condition 10.2, or on such grounds as the Director considers necessary or advisable in relation to carrying out the purpose of financial assurance for this Site, including changes in economic factors, such as the interest, discount and inflation rates. The Owner shall provide any additional amount of financial assurance according to the next requirement date according to Condition 10.1, or as directed by the Director .

10.6 Release of financial assurance amounts required by conditions in this ECA may only be made to the Owner upon an application by the Owner to the Director with supporting information and when the Director is satisfied that the amount released is not required to carry out any remaining Mitigation

Measures .

OPERATIONS - GENERAL

11.0 General

11.1 This waste disposal site shall be designed, operated, monitored and maintained in accordance with the Supporting Documentation listed in the attached Schedule "A" and with the conditions in this ECA .

12.0 Service Area

12.1 Wastes generated only from within the Province of Ontario may be received for transfer, processing or disposal at this Site .

12.2 Not withstanding Condition 12.1, waste for composting in accordance with the conditions of this ECA may be received from the Province of Quebec.

12.3 SRM shall only be received from the Province of Ontario either for disposal or for composting.

13.0 Approved Waste Types

13.1 Only solid non-hazardous municipal, industrial, commercial and institutional wastes, which includes sewage sludge, construction and demolition waste, auto-fluff, contaminated soils and asbestos (as

Page 47: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 9 - NUMBER A420018

specified in Section 3.3 in Item 8 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA ), shall be received at the Site for disposal at the Landfill .

13.2 The Waste Transfer and Processing Station and Composting Facility shall only accept waste in accordance with conditions 39.1 and 44.1 of this ECA.

13.3 SRM and composted SRM from the Composting Facility may be received at the Site for final disposal and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency Protocol for handling and deposition of SRM in the Landfill shall be followed.

13.4 Not withstanding conditions 13.1, 13.2 and 13.3, the Owner shall make an application with supporting documentation to the Director for approval with copies to the District Manager, to receive any additional types of solid non-hazardous waste if such a waste requires special handling either in the composting process or in depositing in the landfill.

13.5 No hazardous waste or liquid industrial waste, as defined in Reg. 347, shall be disposed of at the Site .

14.0 Global Waste Receiving Limit

14.1 The Site shall not receive more than 4,000 tonnes per day of waste.

15.0 Hours of Operation

15.1 The normal hours of operation for receiving waste at the Site are:

(i) 7:00a.m. to 6:00p.m. - Monday to Friday (except statutory holidays); and(ii) 7:00a.m. to 5:00p.m.- Saturday

15.2 The normal hours of operation for on-site equipment to allow for daily Site preparation and closure activities are:

(i) 6:30a.m. to 6:30p.m.- Monday to Friday (except statutory holidays); and(ii) 6:30a.m. to 5:30p.m.- Saturday

15.3 Notwithstanding Conditions 15.1 and 15.2, the normal hours of operation at the Composting Facility are 24 hours a day, Monday to Saturday, except for receipt of waste.

15.4 The normal hours of operation may be amended from time to time based on prior consultation with the Community Liaison Committee and concurrence from the District Manager , or designate.

15.5 With prior concurrence of the Community Liaison Committee and the District Manager , or designate, waste may be received Monday to Friday between 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 p.m., except on Saturday, to accommodate seasonal or unusual demand.

Page 48: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 10 - NUMBER A420018

16.0 Site Supervision, Access and Security

16.1 No waste shall be received, landfilled or removed from the Site unless a Site supervisor is present and supervises the operation.

16.2 The Owner shall ensure that access to and exit from the Site for receipt of waste shall be via Lafleche Road.

16.3 During non-operating hours, the Owner shall ensure that the Site entrance and exit gates shall be locked and the Site shall be secured against access by unauthorized persons.

16.4 The access road and on-site roads shall be provided and maintained so that vehicles hauling waste to and on the Site may travel readily on any operating day.

16.5 The Owner shall ensure that reasonable efforts are made to keep the access road used by waste vehicles leaving the Site free of mud, dirt and waste.

16.6 The Owner shall establish and maintain a designated area(s) on the Site for the receipt and subsequent pick-up and removal of recyclable materials.

16.7 All vehicles and equipment leaving the Site shall have their exteriors and tires cleared of debris and shall not be permitted to drag waste, dirt, Finished Compost or wood chips onto municipal roadways.

17.0 Training and Site Manuals

17.1 The Owner shall develop and maintain a training plan for new and current site operations employees and shall ensure that all site operations employees have been adequately trained prior to conducting site operations at the Site and receive on-going training with respect to the following, as amended:

(i) Terms, conditions and operating requirements of this ECA ;(ii) The operation and maintenance of the Site with respect to approved design and operation

documents;(iii) Relevant waste management legislation and regulations;(iv) Environmental concerns related to waste management at the Site ;(v) Occupational health and safety concerns related to waste management at the Site ; and(vi) Emergency procedures and contingency plans in cases of fire, spills, off-site impacts and any

other emergency situations.

17.2 The Owner shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that the Site is inspected regularly by trained personnel for any situation which may cause an adverse effect, as defined in the EPA , and to ensure that the Site is being operated in accordance with this ECA . The Site shall be inspected in accordance with condition 51 below and with Sections 6.7 and 12.1.2 in Item 112 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA .

Page 49: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 11 - NUMBER A420018

17.3 The Owner shall prepare an operations manual for use by Site personnel. The operations manual shall contain the following:

(i) outline the responsibilities of Site personnel for all operations;(ii) personnel training protocols;(iii) receiving and screening procedures for all operations;(iv) unloading, handling and storage procedures for all operations;(v) process monitoring procedures for the Composting Facility ;(vi) sampling and testing procedures for the Composting Facility ; and(vii) procedure for handling complaints as described in this ECA.

17.4 A copy of the operations manual detailed in condition 17.3 shall be kept at the Site, must be accessible to personnel at all times and must be updated as required.

18.0 Signage

18.1 The Owner shall install and maintain a sign which complies with local by-laws at the main entrance/exit to the Site on which is legibly displayed the following information:

(i) The name of the Site and Owner ;(ii) The ECA No. A420018;(iii) The name of the operator;(iv) The normal hours of operation;(v) Allowable and prohibited waste types;(vi) A telephone number to which complaints may be directed;(vii) A twenty-four (24) hour emergency telephone number (if different from above); and(viii) A warning against dumping outside the Site .

18.2 The Owner shall install and maintain signs on the Site to direct vehicles to the working face and other designated areas and facilities, as appropriate, and in accordance with Section 11.1 in Item 8 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA .

19.0 Prohibitions

19.1 The Owner shall ensure that no waste is burned at the Site .

19.2 The Owner shall ensure that there is no scavenging, as defined in Reg. 347 , at the Site .

20.0 Weigh Scales

20.1 The Owner shall use and maintain weigh scales at the Site to weigh all incoming waste. The Owner shall keep all weigh scale records at the Site for inspection. Waste records shall include the information described in Section 6.2.4 in Item 112 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA and shall be kept as such to ensure compliance with the waste receiving limits for each operation at the Site .

Page 50: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 12 - NUMBER A420018

20.2 Where the weigh scale is temporarily out of operation for maintenance or repair, estimates of waste volumes and density shall be used to estimate the weight of waste received.

20.3 In the event of weigh scale malfunction, the Owner shall take appropriate action to repair the malfunction within a period of time acceptable to the District Manager , or designate.

21.0 Load Refusals

21.1 The Owner shall forthwith notify the District Manager of any and all waste load refusals at the Site related to requirements in this ECA .

22.0 Nuisances and Complaint Response Procedures

22.1 The Owner shall take all reasonable steps to prevent off-site nuisance impacts from all Site operations . The Owner shall implement control measures for access and on-site traffic, receipt of waste, litter, odour, dust, bird and non-bird vectors, vibration, fire and noise in accordance with section 6.6 in Item 112 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA .

22.2 Noise from or related to the operation of the landfill shall be kept to a minimum and in any event the Owner shall comply with the criteria set out in the Ministry 's "Noise Guidelines for Landfill Sites".

22.3 If at any time, problems such as dust, odours, vectors, birds, litter, vibration, noise, or other nuisances are generated at the Site resulting in complaints, the Owner shall take appropriate remedial action immediately to eliminate the cause of such problems. Appropriate measures may include temporary stoppage of all operations, or problematic areas of the operation, until the problem has been rectified and measures have been undertaken to prevent future occurrence.

22.4 If at any time vectors or vermin become a nuisance, a qualified, licensed pest control professional shall be hired to design and implement a pest control plan for the Site. The pest control plan shall then remain in place until the Site has been closed.

22.5 If at any time the Owner receives complaints regarding impacts from the operation of the Site, the Owner shall respond to these complaints according to the following procedure:

(i) Each complaint shall be recorded on a formal complaint form entered in a sequentially numbered log. The information recorded shall include:

(a) the nature of the complaint;(b) the name, address and telephone number of the complainant;(c) general meteorological conditions including, but not limited to the ambient temperature,

approximate wind speed and direction, percent cloud cover, inversion conditions etc. at the time of the complaint;

(d) what operations were occurring at the time of the complaint; and(e) the time and date of the complaint.

Page 51: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 13 - NUMBER A420018

(ii) Appropriate steps shall be taken to determine all possible causes of the complaint and proceed to take the necessary actions to eliminate the cause of the complaint and forward a formal reply to the complainant; and

(iii) The District Office shall be verbally notified forthwith of the complaint followed by a written report within seven (7) business days of the complaint date, listing the actions taken to resolve the complaint and any recommendations for remedial measures, and managerial or operational changes to reasonably avoid the reoccurrence of similar incidents.

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF LANDFILL STAGES AND MAJOR WORKS

23.0 Final Detailed Design and Operations - General

23.1 Final detailed design of Major Works to be constructed at the Site shall be submitted by the Owner to the Director , copied to the District Manager , and approved in writing by the Director prior to the commencement of construction of such works.

23.2 The final detailed design shall be prepared to reflect the conceptual design of the Site , as presented in the Supporting Documentation attached to this ECA . Any design optimization or modification shall be clearly identified, along with an explanation of the reasons for the change. The plans and specifications pertaining to the final detailed design and operations of the landfill shall include the following:

(i) Design drawings and specifications;(ii) A detailed quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) program for construction of the Major

Works , including necessary precautions to avoid disturbance to the underlying soft sensitive grey silty clay deposit; and

(iii) Details on the monitoring, maintenance, repair and replacement of the engineered components of the leachate management system and gas management system.

23.3 The Owner shall construct the Major Works in accordance with the approved final detailed design and shall implement the QA/QC procedures as approved by the Director .

24.0 Final Detailed Design and Operations - Stages

24.1 The Owner shall submit final detailed design and operations for Stage 1 and subsequent Stages in accordance with the preceding conditions. At least six (6) months prior to the anticipated completion of landfilling in Stage 2, the Owner shall submit to the Director the final detailed design and operations for Stage 3A. The Owner shall not commence landfilling in Stage 3A until the Director has approved in writing the detailed design and operations for that Stage. Approval to proceed with each stage shall be dependent on monitoring results acceptable to the Director . If monitoring results are not acceptable to the Director then remedial action must be taken and completed by the Owner before landfilling may proceed in the next Stage.

25.0 As-Built Drawings

Page 52: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 14 - NUMBER A420018

25.1 The Owner shall ensure that as-built drawings for all Major Works components are available on-site for inspection.

26.0 Site Preparation Report

26.1 The Owner shall not place any waste in a newly constructed area of the Site until a written report has been submitted to the Director and District Manager documenting all construction, QA/QC activities and confirming that the Site conditions and details of the construction of the new area are in accordance with the approved design plans and specifications for the Site .

27.0 Geotechnical Inspection

27.1 Excavation and construction within the soft sensitive grey silty clay underlying the Site shall be inspected by a qualified geotechnical engineer to ensure that construction proceeds in accordance with approved detailed design plans, specifications and QA/QC procedures. The results of inspections shall be included in the Site Preparation Reports for each Stage of landfilling.

ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTOR

28.0 Environmental Inspector

28.1 Prior to the commencement of Site preparation, the Owner shall consult with the Regional Director to develop detailed terms of reference for the hiring of an Environmental Inspector.. The Owner shall reimburse the Crown for costs associated with the responsibilities of the Environmental Inspector. The Regional Director may suspend or terminate the continued requirement for the Environmental Inspector at any time. General responsibilities of the Environmental Inspector shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(i) Monitor compliance with the conditions in this ECA ;(ii) Monitor the installation of all Major Works and ongoing Site management and operations

throughout the life of the Site ;(iii) Report to the District Manager on all incidents of non-compliance with the regulations, the

conditions in this ECA , and the approved design, operations and monitoring documents;(iv) Review the data associated with all groundwater, leachate, surface water and landfill gas

monitoring and report to the District Manager on any data which indicate actual or potential contaminant movement;

(v) Monitor the Owner 's complaint response program and review any and all complaints information with respect to Site operations; and

(vi) Prepare written inspection reports for submission to the District Manager , the Owner and the Community Liaison Committee established for the Site .

OPERATIONS - LANDFILL

Page 53: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 15 - NUMBER A420018

29.0 Landfill Fill Rate

29.1 The Landfill shall not exceed an average daily fill rate of 2,500 tonnes per day. The daily fill rate shall be averaged over the calendar year.

29.2 The Landfill shall not exceed an annual fill rate of 755,000 tonnes per year.

30.0 Landfill Capacity

30.1 The total waste disposal volume of the Landfill , including waste, daily cover and intermediate cover, excluding final cover, is the air space defined by the base contours and final contours, less the thickness of the leachate collection layer and final cover layer, as shown in Drawing D.3 in Item 10 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA . The design capacity is approximately 7,400,000 cubic metres, as described in Section 4.5 in Item 8 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA .

31.0 Waste Placement

31.1 No waste shall be landfilled outside the limits of landfilling for Stages 1, 2 and 3A shown in Drawing D.3 in Item 10 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA . No waste shall be landfilled within Stages 3B and 4, except in accordance with all necessary approvals.

31.2 No waste shall be landfilled below the base contours shown in Drawing D.3 in Item 10 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA .

31.3 No waste shall be landfilled at any time above the final contours shown in drawing D.3 in Item 10 of Schedule "A" attached to this ECA .

32.0 Buffer

32.1 A minimum buffer area width of 50 metres shall be maintained between the perimeter of the approved fill area and the property boundary of the Site .

33.0 Landfilling

33.1 Landfilling operations shall be conducted in accordance with Section 10.4 in Item 8 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA .

33.2 A thickness of at least 5 metres of compacted waste and cover material shall be maintained between any landfilled sludge (solid non-hazardous as per Reg. 347) and the granular leachate collection layer.

33.3 The Owner shall take all reasonable and necessary precautions during construction and operation to avoid disturbance to the soft sensitive grey silty clay deposit underlying the Site.

Page 54: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 16 - NUMBER A420018

33.4 The leachate collection system piping in the Landfill shall be cleaned out in accordance with the following:

(i) For active stages, flushing shall occur at least once per year, with visual inspections conducted to determine the need for more frequent cleaning.

(ii) For phases 1, 2 , 5 and 6 of Stage 1, flushing shall occur every three years and visual inspections shall be conducted if clogging of the leachate collection pipe is suspected or as otherwise needed.

(iii) For other stages where filling operations have ceased, flushing and visual inspections of the pipes shall be done in accordance with subsection (i) above for a minimum of one year after landfilling ceases and shall continue as such until written confirmation is received from the District

Manager that the cleaning and visual inspection schedule may be altered.

Assessment of the need to amend the cleaning frequency shall be based on regular inspections of the leachate collection system and monitoring results.

33.5 Stockpiling of excavated clayey soil in the area shown in Drawing S-1 (northwest corner of Site ) shall be carried out in accordance with the following height restrictions:

Stockpile Slopes Maximum Stockpile Height (metres)2H:1V 4.03H:1V 4.04H:1V 4.55H:1V 5.0

34.0 Cover Material

34.1 Cover material shall be applied as follows:

(i) Daily Cover - At the end of each working day, the entire working face shall be covered with a minimum thickness of 150 mm of soil cover or an approved thickness of alternative cover material;

(ii) Intermediate Cover - In areas where landfilling has been temporarily discontinued for six (6) months or more, a minimum thickness of 300 mm of soil cover or an approved thickness of alternative cover material shall be placed; and

(iii) Final Cover - In areas where landfilling has been completed to final contours, a minimum 1.0 metre thick layer of final cover soil shall be placed. Fill areas shall be progressively completed and rehabilitated as landfill development reaches final contours. For Stage 2 or 3A, final cover may be established in accordance with section 5.8 of Item 94 of Schedule "A"

35.0 Alternative Daily and Intermediate Cover Material

35.1 The following materials are considered alternative cover materials and are approved for use on a permanent basis at the Site as either daily or intermediate cover material subject to the methods of

Page 55: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 17 - NUMBER A420018

application, material limitations and restrictions for use described in the supporting documentation and conditions in this approval:

(i) Geosynthetic Materials - Enviro Cover system (plastic cover material);(ii) Waste materials considered to be solid non-hazardous waste - contaminated soils and dewatered

and digested sewage and pulp mill stabilized sludges;(iii) Spray applied materials - including polymer based foams and recycled cellulose material.(iv) Waste materials considered to be solid non-hazardous waste including: auto fluff, shredder fluff,

dredged materials, grill ash, tire shreds, processed organic shingles, wood chips, compost and foundry sand; and

(v) Non-hazardous waste fines material from the waste disposal site located at 197 Putman Industrial Road in Belleville, Ontario

35.2 Certain alternative cover materials shall be used according to the following schedule, which may be updated as necessary and kept on the Site at all times for inspection by Ministry staff:

Geosynthetic Materials - summerSpray-Applied Materials - summerWaste Materials - summer, fall, winter, spring

35.3 When the use of an alternative cover material cannot comply with the methods of application, material limitations and restrictions for use in the supporting documentation and these conditions, the Owner shall correct this situation by applying soil cover material in accordance with Condition 34.1.

35.4 The Owner shall keep daily records of the type and source of alternative cover materials used, location of use, weather conditions, any problems encountered and remedial actions taken. The daily records shall be maintained on the Site at all times for inspection by Ministry staff.

35.5 Used geosynthetic materials may be disposed of in the Landfill only if punctured, shredded, or cut into thin strips prior to landfilling, to avoid perched leachate conditions and promote hydraulic connection throughout the waste mound.

35.6 Spray-applied materials shall be sprayed onto exposed waste in the working area from at least two directions in order to ensure adequate uniform coverage.

35.7 Waste materials used as cover material shall be solid non-hazardous, in accordance with Reg. 347 , generated within Ontario, and consistent with Conditions 13.1 through 13.5.

35.8 Concurrence from the District Manager or Environmental Inspector (Condition 27.1), on behalf of the District Manager , shall be obtained by the Owner prior to the receipt of waste material from a specific source and use of the waste material as alternative cover material. Analytical results to confirm compliance with Reg. 347 may be required to support a request for concurrence.

35.9 Waste materials to be used as alternative cover material shall be considered as waste for the purposes of sections 14.0, 29.0 and 30.0 of this ECA regarding maximum annual and daily fill rates and section 10.0

Page 56: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 18 - NUMBER A420018

regarding financial assurance.

35.10 When waste materials are used as alternative daily cover material, a minimum thickness of 150 mm shall be applied on the entire working face.

35.11 Low permeability soils, dredged materials, and sludges used as alternative cover material shall be scarified before placement of additional wastes overtop to avoid perched leachate conditions and promote hydraulic connection throughout the waste mound.

35.12 Use of any sludges as alternative cover material shall be in accordance with condition 33.2.

35.13 Odorous waste materials shall not be used as cover material.

35.14 Waste materials to be used as alternative cover material shall only be stockpiled in designated areas within a developed Landfill cell in the approved waste fill area, and not in buffer areas where ground water and surface water controls are not in place. Stockpiling of the waste materials shall be carried out in such a way as to avoid disturbance to the soft sensitive grey silty clay deposit underlying the Site

(Condition 33.3). Stockpile height shall not exceed 5 metres and stockpile quantity shall be limited to a 3 day volume (approximately 1140 tonnes of contaminated soil) of required cover material. Stockpiling of waste materials in excess of 3 days volume may be allowed by the Environmental Inspector (Condition 28.1), on behalf of the District Manager , if the Environmental Inspector is satisfied that the waste material will not contribute to potential nuisances and adverse effects.

36.0 Leachate Treatment

36.1 The Owner shall have a formal written agreement in place for the long-term treatment of leachate to be generated at the Site at an approved facility.

36.2 Within (10) days of the establishment of an agreement in accordance with condition 36.1, the Owner

shall provide a copy of the agreement to the Director and to the District Manager . The Director and District Manager shall be notified at least twelve (12) months in advance of the termination of the agreement.

37.0 Tire Shreds - Storage and Use in Leachate Collection Layer

37.1 Tire shreds shall be stored in an area within the buffer area in a location where surface water runoff is controlled and properly managed.

37.2 The total amount of tire shreds stockpiled at one time shall not exceed the amount required to construct the leachate collection blanket of an area that has been or is being prepared for the construction of the leachate collection blanket.

37.3 The management and placement of tire shreds that exceed 300 cubic metres shall be in accordance with the Fire Protection and Prevention Act.

Page 57: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 19 - NUMBER A420018

37.4 If the total stockpiled tire shreds exceeds 300 cubic metres, the storage period shall not exceed 90 days.

37.5 The Owner is permitted to use tire shreds as an alternative for gravel in the basal section of the leachate collection layer at the Site.

38.0 Landfill Gas Collection

38.1 Approval is hereby given for the conceptual landfill gas collection system at the Site subject to the conditions contained in the ECA and the documentation provided in Schedule "A". In addition, prior to commencement of construction of the landfill gas collection system at the site, the Owner shall provide to the Director for approval, the following additional information:

(i) full scale drawings of the landfill gas collection and flaring system stamped by a Professional Engineer showing the radius of capture of landfill gas and the direction of landfill gas flow;

(ii) a completed application for an approval under Section 9 of the EPA should any emissions or burning of landfill gas be needed;

(iii) the design and performance characteristics for any flare system if needed at the site; and(iv) an operation and maintenance manual that details required inspection and

maintenance/replacement (v) procedures for all system equipment within ninety (90) days of system operation.

38.2 Pursuant to Section 11.1 of Regulation 347 , the landfill gas collection and flaring system design report listed as Item 105 in Schedule "A" is hereby approved.

38.3 Stage 1 of the landfill gas collection system shall be operated in accordance with Items 106 through 108 in Schedule “A”.

38.4 Prior to operating the Stage 1 landfill gas collection system, the Owner shall notify the District Manager in writing the date the system is commissioned.

38.5 Within ninety (90) days of commissioning the Stage 1 landfill gas collection system, the Owner shall submit to the District Manager a construction report detailing the construction activities and the detailed as-built drawings.

38.6 In the event a gas well needs replacing due to damage or the well is deemed to be not functioning properly, the Owner may replace the gas well.

38.7 The Owner shall notify the District Manager in writing that a well is being replaced, no later than fourteen (14) days prior to replacement of the well. The replacement well shall be located at the same location as the replaced well or in the immediate vicinity of the well it is replacing.

OPERATIONS - WASTE TRANSFER AND PROCESSING STATION

39.0 Establishment and Operation

Page 58: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 20 - NUMBER A420018

39.1 The Owner is approved to establish and operate a Waste Transfer and Processing Station in accordance with Item 120 of Schedule "A" for the collection, transfer, sorting and processing of recyclable municipal waste including:

(i) Blue box waste as defined in Ontario Regulation 273/02;(ii) Waste electrical and electronic equipment;(iii) Tires; and(iv) Construction and demolition waste.

40.0 Approved Waste Quantities

40.1 The amount of waste that may be received at the Waste Transfer and Processing Station shall not exceed the following amounts:

(i) annualized average of 875 tonnes of waste per day equivalent to a maximum of 265,000 tonnes of waste per year; and

(ii) 1,050 tonnes of waste in any one day.

40.2 The amount of residual waste that may be transferred from the Waste Transfer and Processing Station for final disposal shall not exceed 265,000 tonnes per year.

40.3 The maximum amount of waste, including unprocessed waste, in-process waste, processed waste and residual waste that may be stored at the Waste Transfer and Processing Station at any one time shall not exceed 250 tonnes.

40.4 In the event that residual waste and/or processed waste cannot be transferred from the Waste Transfer

and Processing Station , the Owner shall cease accepting any additional waste.

41.0 Waste Storage

41.1 Waste must be stored in accordance with Item 120 of Schedule "A" and at a minimum the Owner shall ensure that:

(i) with the exception of waste being dropped off by the public, activities related to the unloading, processing and storing of incoming waste, in-process waste and residual waste shall be conducted and stored indoors at all times;

(ii) waste received from the public and deposited into roll-off bins shall not be stored outdoors for a period longer than one (1) hour after bins are full, and/or at the end of each business day;

(iii) waste is stored in compliance with the Ontario Fire Code; and(iv) individual waste piles do not exceed an area of 1,000 square metres.

42.0 Processing

42.1 Processing carried out at the Waste Transfer and Processing Station is limited to the sorting, transfer and

Page 59: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 21 - NUMBER A420018

baling of recyclable waste and as described in the Waste Transfer and Processing Station Design and Operations Report amended as Item 120 of Schedule "A"

42.2 The Owner shall maintain, at the Waste Transfer and Processing Station , a log book which records daily, the following information:

(i) date of record;(ii) quantity of waste received;(iii) quantity of waste stored at Waste Transfer and

Processing Station ;(iv) quantity of residual waste disposed at the Landfill .

43.0 Cessation and Closure of Transfer/Processing Operations

43.1 A written closure plan shall be submitted to the Director and District Manager six (6) months prior to the closure of the Waste Transfer and Processing Station . This plan must include, as a minimum, a description of the work that will be done to facilitate closure of the Waste Transfer and Processing

Station and a schedule for completion of that work.

43.2 Within ten (10) days after closure of the Waste Transfer and Processing Station , the Owner shall notify the District Manager, in writing, that the Waste Transfer and Processing Station is closed and that the closure plan has been implemented.

OPERATIONS - COMPOSTING FACILITY

44.0 Waste Types for Composting

44.1 The Composting Facility shall only accept non-hazardous domestic, commercial, institutional and industrial organic waste or SRM for composting as per Section 2.3 in Item 61 of Schedule "A" subject to the following limitations:

(i) only digested or undigested, dewatered biosolids shall be composted at the Composting Facility ;(ii) wood, wood chips, saw dust and wood ash shall be derived from Wood Waste or virgin wood;(iii) slaughterhouse sludge shall not be composted in the non-SRM bunkers which may be destined

for public use; and(iv) SRM shall be composted in the SRM composting bunkers with written notification to the

Director and District Manager.

45.0 Waste Quantities for Composting

45.1 The Owner shall ensure that the amount of waste received at the Composting Facility does not exceed:

Page 60: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 22 - NUMBER A420018

(i) 400 tonnes per day of biosolids, non-hazardous mixed organic waste and/or non-hazardous liquid organic waste;

(ii) 250 tonnes per day of SRM; and(iii) 500 tonnes per day of bulking agents.

45.2 Notwithstanding Condition 45.1, the Owner shall ensure that the Composting Facility does not receive more than:

(i) 120,800 tonnes per year of feedstock (excluding SRM ) for composting;(ii) 10,000 tonnes per year of biosolids destined only for direct land application as a non-agricultural

source material in accordance with the NMA:

(iii) 12,000 tonnes per year SRM; and(iv) 120,000 tonnes bulking agents.

46.0 Waste Storage

46.1 The Owner shall ensure that all waste for composting is received, processed and stored as per Items 61, 62 and 63 of Schedule "A"

46.2 The Owner shall ensure that the following maximum storage capacities are not exceeded:

(i) a maximum of 500 tonnes feedstock; (ii) a maximum of 1000 tonnes biosolids for transfer;(iii) a maximum of 1000 tonnes of bulking agents indoor and 50,000 tonnes outdoor;(iv) a maximum of 16,000 tonnes of compost in the active composting stage in the bunkers;(v) a maximum of 25,000 tonnes of compost in the curing stage; and(vi) a maximum of 10,000 tonnes of Finished Compost.

46.3 The Owner may store waste received for composting in accordance with the table titled "LEI Composting Facility ; Daily, Annual and Storage Limits" included in the Item 62, Schedule"A" of this

ECA subject to the following limitations:

(i) SRM destined for composting is incorporated into the composting process the day of the receipt;(ii) Food Waste is incorporated into the composting process the day of receipt except for in the case

of an upset condition where additional 24 hours may be allowed; and(iii) odorous components of the bulking agents and of the wet leaf and yard waste, excluding the

leaves, shall be incorporated into the composting process within four (4) days of receipt;

46.4 Notwithstanding Condition 46.3, the Owner shall ensure that the indoor storage area for Food Waste , manure, Wet Leaf and Yard Waste and the tipping floor are cleared by 7 p.m. each Saturday to allow for the weekly cleaning of this area. If a Saturday falls on a statutory holiday, the Owner shall perform the clearing on another day that week.

46.5 The Owner shall ensure that storage of bulking materials are in accordance with section 2.6 of Item 61 of

Page 61: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 23 - NUMBER A420018

Schedule “A”.

47.0 Processing

47.1 The Owner shall ensure that:

(i) waste accepted as feedstock for Category AA compost does not exceed the criteria for trace metals listed in Column 1, Table 1 of Schedule "G"; and

(ii) waste accepted as feedstock for Category A compost does not exceed the criteria for trace metals listed in Column 2, Table 1 of Schedule "G" and the feedstock contains a maximum of 25% biosolids;

(iii) waste accepted as feedstock for Category B compost does not exceed the criteria for trace metals listed in Column 2, Table 1, of Schedule "G".

47.2 Notwithstanding Condition 45.1, feedstock that does not meet the criteria for trace metals listed in Schedule "G" may be composted for use only as daily and/or intermediate landfill cover.

47.3 The Owner shall ensure that compost feedstock from industrial, commercial and institutional sources are of acceptable quality by:

(i) screening waste generators and their waste streams and limiting the receipt of waste from approved waste generators only;

(ii) visually inspecting all incoming waste loads; (iii) immediately rejecting any waste which does not comply with this ECA or is of unacceptable

quality; and (iv) if the acceptability of the feedstock is in doubt, verifying the quality through an on-going testing

program.

47.4 The Owner shall ensure that the operation at the Composting Facility meets the following requirements:

(i) waste shall be composted indoors, in aerated concrete channels which have been additionally covered as described in Item 61 of the attached Schedule "A";

(ii) waste shall be subjected to an active composting phase for a minimum of 21 days;(iii) during the active composting phase, all waste being composted shall:

(a) reach and maintain a temperature of at least 55o

C for a minimum of three (3) consecutive days to inactivate pathogens; and

(b) reach and maintain a minimum temperature of at least 40 o

C for at least 14 of the 21 days of active composting; and

(c) maintain an average temperature of at least 45 o

C throughout the active composting phase;

(iv) during the active composting phase, the temperature of the waste being composted shall be monitored and recorded hourly; and

(v) during the active composting phase, the composting waste will be turned regularly and no less than five (5) times.

Page 62: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 24 - NUMBER A420018

47.5 The Owner shall prevent pathogenic cross-contamination during the composting process as follows:

(i) the Owner shall ensure that the incoming waste and the equipment used in handling of the incoming waste are kept separate and do not come in contact with the Immature Compost or the Finished Compost, except in the case where the Immature Compost or the Finished Compost is being fed back into the composting process; and

(ii) with respect to the turner, upon completion of the turning in one channel, the turner will be operated for at least an additional two (2) minutes without coming into contact with any material to clear the turner. The turner shall be cleaned with compressed air or pressure washed and visually inspected to confirm that the conveyors have been cleared before being moved to the next channel.

47.6 Upon completion of the active composting phase, the Owner shall:

(i) cure the Immature Compost for a minimum of twenty one (21) days; and (ii) verify that the compost has reached maturity by demonstrating that it meets one of the following

maturity criteria:

(a) O2 consumption rate = 400 mg/kg of organic matter per hour; or

(b) CO2 production rate = 4 mg of C from CO

2 / g of organic matter per day.

47.7 Prior to being released off Site for use, Finished Compost shall be monitored for quality as follows:

(i) as a minimum, a composite sample, consisting of a minimum of ten (10) representative grab samples, shall be collected for every 500 tonnes of the Finished Compost produced during the first four (4) months of operation;

(ii) as a minimum, following the first four (4) months of operation, a composite sample, consisting of a minimum of ten (10) representative grab samples, shall be collected every two (2) months representing all Finished Compost generated within the preceding sixty (60) days or every 5,000 tonnes of Finished Compost, whichever comes first;

(iii) if non-compliance with the compost quality criteria has taken place during three (3) consecutive sampling events, the Owner shall sample and test the Finished Compost in accordance with Condition 47.7(i) until compliance with the compost criteria is demonstrated again; and

(iv) samples shall be analyzed for criteria listed in this ECA ; and(v) all production records shall be reviewed to ensure temperature and residency time requirements

for pathogen inactivation have been met.

47.8 Finished Compost that meets the maturity criteria listed in Condition 47.6 and the quality criteria listed in Column 1, Table 2 of Schedule "G" may be transferred off Site:

(i) for unrestricted use as Category AA compost; or (ii) for use as a non-agricultural source material in accordance with the NMA; or(iii) for use as alternative daily, interim or final Landfill cover.

Page 63: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 25 - NUMBER A420018

47.9 Finished Compost that meets the maturity criteria listed in Condition 47.6 and the quality criteria listed in Column 2, Table 2 of Schedule "G" may be transferred off Site;

(i) for unrestricted use as Category A compost provided that the labelling requirements as specified in the Ministry's Ontario Compost Quality Standards dated July 2012, as amended from time to time, are met; or

(ii) for use as a non-agricultural source material in accordance with the NMA; or(iii) for use as alternative daily, interim or final Landfill cover.

47.10 Finished compost that meets the maturity criteria listed in Condition 47.6 and the quality criteria listed in Column 3, Table 2 of Schedule "G" shall be transferred off Site:

(i) for use as a non-agricultural source material in accordance with the NMA; or (ii) for use as alternative daily and/or interim Landfill cover; or(iii) for use at a waste disposal facility approved to receive this type of waste.

47.11 Finished Compost that meets the metals and foreign matter quality requirements listed in Table 2 of Schedule "G", but did not achieve the pathogen inactivation time or temperature requirements, or exceeds the pathogen quality requirements listed in Table 2 of Schedule "G", may be returned to the composting process for re-processing. Alternatively, the Finished Compost may be segregated from all other waste and compost and disposed of in accordance with Regulation 347 and the EPA or may be used as alternative daily or intermediate cover in the landfill.

47.12 Finished Compost that meets the metals and foreign matter quality requirements listed in the attached Schedule "G" of this ECA , but does not meet the maturation criteria from Condition 47.6, shall be re-tested and/or shall continue to undergo the curing process until the maturation criteria are met. Alternatively, the Finished Compost may be segregated from all other all other waste and compost and disposed of in accordance with Regulation 347 and the EPA or may be used as alternative daily or intermediate cover in the landfill.

47.13 Finished Compost that exceeds the metal quality requirements listed in the attached Schedule "G" of this ECA shall be segregated from all other all other waste and compost and shall disposed of in accordance with Regulation 347 and the EPA or may be used as alternative daily or intermediate cover in the Landfill .

47.14 All analysis required in this ECA for the purpose of verifying compliance with the requirements of this ECA shall be undertaken in accordance with the document entitled “National Standard of Canada CAN/BNQ 0413-200/2005 Organic Soil Conditioners – Composts”, dated 2005, as amended.

47.15 Unless otherwise specified by the conditions of this ECA , the Owner shall comply with the requirements of the Ministry 's documents entitled "Guideline for the Production of Compost in Ontario" dated July 2012 and "Ontario Compost Quality Standards", dated July 2012, as amended.

47.16 Composting process equipment and receiving floor area shall be cleaned at the end of each operating day to control sources of potential odours.

Page 64: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 26 - NUMBER A420018

47.17 The Owner shall maintain a negative air pressure atmosphere within the Composting Facility at all times. In the event that adequate negative air pressure can not be maintained, the Owner shall cease accepting additional waste and shall keep the loading bay doors closed until such time that negative pressure is re-established.

47.18 The Owner shall ensure that the doors in the Composting Facility are kept closed at all times except to permit the entry or exit of persons, vehicles or processing equipment.

47.19 The Owner shall ensure that air from the Composting Facility shall be exhausted through appropriate air pollution control equipment approved by the Ministry at all times.

47.20 The Owner shall develop and implement a preventative maintenance program for all on-Site equipment associated with the processing and managing of Composting Facility materials in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. The preventative maintenance program shall be maintained on-Site and shall be available for inspection by a Provincial Officer upon request.

48.0 Specific Risk Material Composting

48.1 Composting of SRM as a contingency measure to the landfilling of SRM is approved.

48.2 Operation of any part of the SRM composting shall only be done by Trained Personnel.

48.3 The Owner shall prevent cross-contamination between SRM and non-SRM during the composting process. The Owner shall ensure that the equipment used in handling SRM is kept separate from the non-SRM handling equipment. Before any movement of personnel from SRM side to non-SRM side or other areas of the Composting Facility , the Owner shall implement a procedure to prevent any cross-contamination.

48.4 SRM shall be managed as per Sections 3.2 of item 61 of Schedule "A" except for the end use of the composted SRM which shall be in accordance with Condition 48.5 and 48.6.

48.5 Composted SRM is still considered SRM and shall be managed in accordance with the Canadian Food Inspection Agency protocol for SRM and disposed of in a waste disposal site approved for such disposal.

48.6 Composted SRM must be dyed in accordance with the Canadian Food Inspection Agency protocol for SRM.

48.7 The Owner shall ensure that all SRM is handled with dedicated equipment and composted in a dedicated bunker.

48.8 The Owner may process non-SRM waste with the SRM -dedicated equipment until the first-time processing of the SRM waste.

48.9 Should the Owner decide to process non-SRM waste with the SRM-dedicated equipment

Page 65: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 27 - NUMBER A420018

following the first time processing of the SRM waste, the Owner shall decontaminate the equipment in accordance with the decontamination procedure specified by the Canadian Food Inspection Agency. The composted non-SRM waste shall only be used as daily or interim cover for the Landfill . The Owner shall document locations where such composted material was used as Landfill cover.

49.0 Composting Contingency Planning

49.1 An operational contingency plan for the Composting Facility shall be prepared and maintained at the Site. The operational contingency plan shall include, as a minimum, the following:

(i) list of person(s) responsible for this Composting Facility including phone numbers and work location and after-hours contact phone number;

(ii) procedures to be followed in the event of an operational upset such as, but not limited to, equipment malfunction, power failure, labour disruptions etc;

(iii) procedures to be followed in the event a leak is detected in any of the underground storage tanks during monthly testing and for leakproofing the tank;

(iv) procedures to be followed in the event that the Composting Facility has reached maximum approved capacities or is unable to except additional waste for other reasons; and

(v) list of alternate facilities to which waste and/or composting material can be re-directed if required.

49.2 The Owner shall have in place a contingency plan specifically for all odour control equipment. This contingency plan shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) measures to be taken in the event of a malfunction of the odour control equipment;(ii) measures to be taken in the event that the odour control equipment does not meet performance

criteria in place for the Composting Facility as required by any separate Environmental Compliance Approval document (ie. Air)

(iii) measures to be taken to alleviate any odour impacts caused by either a malfunction or non-performance;

(iv) if the measures required by condition 49.2(iii). above do not successfully resolve odour impacts, or if terms and conditions of the separate Environmental Compliance Approval document (ie. Air) for the biofilter can not be consistently met, a contingency plan for the orderly cessation of the Composting Facility until such time as the problem can be resolved, up to and including stopping the receipt of feedstock for the Composting Facility, immediate removal of all food

waste, wet leaf and yard waste, leaf and yard waste, and immediate removal of material in the active composting phase if the circumstances warrant these actions;

(v) trigger mechanisms for implementation of 49.2(iv). above; and(vi) a schedule for reporting to the District Manager.

49.3 The contingency plans required by Conditions 49.1 and 49.2 shall be kept in a central location, available to all staff and available for inspection by a Provincial Officer upon request. A copy of this plan shall also be submitted to the District Manager for reference.

Page 66: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 28 - NUMBER A420018

49.4 If in the opinion of the District Manager, failure of the air emission control equipment and/or any other process upset or malfunction result in odour complaint(s), the Owner shall, immediately upon receipt of the written or verbal notification from the District Manager, implement additional odour control measures in accordance with the contingency plan.

49.5 In the event that the additional odour control measures are found to be ineffective, the Owner shall cease accepting additional waste for the Composting Facility and, at the discretion of the District Manager, shall remove all waste associated with the Composting Facility from the processing building, until such time as the failure or malfunction is rectified.

50.0 Cessation and Closure of Composting Facility

50.1 A written closure plan shall be submitted to the Director and District Manager six (6) months prior to the closure of the Composting Facility . This plan must include, as a minimum, a description of the work that will be done to facilitate closure of the Composting Facility and a schedule for completion of that work; and

50.2 Within ten (10) days after closure of the Composting Facility , the Owner shall notify the District

Manager, in writing, that the Composting Facility is closed and that the closure plan has been implemented.

SITE INSPECTIONS, MAINTENANCE AND RECORD KEEPING

51.0 Site Inspections and Maintenance

51.1 The Owner shall ensure that:

(i) this Site has a written comprehensive inspection program which includes all aspects of this Site's operations;

(ii) this Site is to be inspected daily by trained personnel for any nuisances, deterioration or discharges and to ensure this Site is being operated in accordance with this ECA; and

(iii) all major structural components, including Major Works, structural beams, supports, foundations, roof components and external siding and all facility systems and sub-systems including HVAC and odour control systems, electrical distribution, drainage systems and pumps shall be inspected at least annually.

51.2 For any deficiencies noted during inspections, the Owner shall:

(i) forthwith initiate procedures to rectify the deficiency; and(ii) shall rectify the deficiency as soon as practical.

52.0 Record Keeping

Page 67: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 29 - NUMBER A420018

52.1 All records required by the conditions of this ECA shall be kept in either written or electronic format in a manner which can be presented in a timely fashion to a Provincial Officer for inspection upon request.

52.2 The Owner shall ensure that daily waste records and Site inspection records are prepared, based on Sections 6.7 and 6.9 in Item 112 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA , and retained at the Site for at least two (2) years after they are made for inspection by the Ministry. The records shall include the following information:

(i) The type, date and time of arrival, hauler, and quantity (tonnes) of all waste and cover material received at the Site including any analytical data received to characterize the waste;

(ii) date, quantity and destination of residual wastes transferred from the Site;

(iii) date, quantity and destination of processed wastes transferred from the Site.

(ii) The area of the Site in which Landfill operations are taking place; (iii) Any complaints from the public received by the Owner and a description of the action taken by

the Owner in response;(iv) A calculation of the total quantity (tonnes) of waste received at the Site during each operating day

and each operating week;(v) The amount of any leachate removed, or treated and discharged from the Site ;(vi) A record of litter collection activities and the application of any dust suppressants;(vii) A record of the inspections of any control, treatment, disposal or monitoring facilities; and(viii) A description of any out-of-service period of any control, treatment, disposal or monitoring

facilities, the reasons for the loss of service, and action taken to restore and maintain service.

52.3 The Owner shall maintain a record of all occurrences of receipt of unacceptable waste at the Site. This record shall include, as a minimum, the following information:

(i) waste generator;(ii) type of unacceptable waste;(iii) amount of unacceptable waste;(iv) location where unacceptable waste was transferred to; and(v) actions taken to prevent a recurrence in future.

52.4 The Owner shall maintain a record of all quality control sampling and testing activities as required by Condition 47.7. This record shall include, as a minimum, the following information:

(i) sample collection locations and volume of the samples collected;(ii) day and time of collection;(iii) parameters tested for and the resulting concentrations; and(iv) conclusions drawn with respect to the results of the testing.

52.5 The Owner shall maintain a record of all emergency situations at the Site. This record shall include, as a minimum, the following information:

(i) type of the emergency situation and the resulting environmental impact if any;(ii) date, time, location and cause of the emergency situation;

Page 68: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 30 - NUMBER A420018

(iii) actions taken to address any resulting impact;(iv) description of how any waste generated as a result of the emergency situation was stored and/or

removed from the Site; and(v) actions taken to prevent the re-occurrence of a similar emergency situation in the future.

52.6 The Owner shall maintain a record of the Site inspections as required by Condition 51.1. This record shall include, as a minimum, the following information:

(i) name and signature of trained personnel conducting the inspection;(ii) date and time of the inspection;(iii) list of equipment and areas inspected;(iv) a list of all deficiencies observed; and(v) date when repair procedure is initiated, a description of the repair and completion.

52.7 A record must be kept for each day on which SRM is received, deposited, incorporated into the composting channel and removed from the composting channel. Records must include the following:

(i) name and address of the person transporting SRM to the Landfill ;(ii) Canadian Food Inspection Agency permit number for conveyance;(iii) date received;(iv) combined weight of the SRM and carcasses or parts of carcasses received;(v) the date landfilled (if different from date received); and(vi) location of SRM within the landfill site as identified by a method such as surveying , GPS, etc.

EMERGENCY RESPONSE AND CONTINGENCY MEASURES

53.0 Emergency Response and Reporting

53.1 An emergency response plan shall be developed and maintained at the Site. The emergency response plan shall include, as a minimum, the following:

(i) list of emergency phone numbers for the local Ministry office, Ministry's Spill Action Centre and local fire department;

(ii) measures to prevent fires;(iii) a list of available fire fighting equipment; (iv) measures for spill/fire alerting, containment, clean-up, treatment and disposal;(v) maintenance and testing program for spill/fire related equipment;(vi) training of Site operators; and(vii) Site plan.

53.2 Up-to-date copies of the contingency plan and emergency response plan shall be kept on Site in a central location available to all staff and for inspection by a Provincial Officer. A copy of this plan shall also be submitted to the District Manager for reference.

Page 69: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 31 - NUMBER A420018

53.3 All equipment and materials outlined in the emergency response plan shall be kept in a good state of repair, fully operational and immediately available for use; and

53.4 All Site personnel shall be fully trained in emergency response equipment and materials' use and in the procedures to be employed in the event of an emergency.

53.5 The emergency response plan shall be reviewed on an annual basis as a minimum. Specifically, the Owner shall ensure that the contact names and telephone numbers required by Condition 53.1(i) are up-to-date.

53.6 All spills, as defined in the EPA, shall be immediately reported to the Ministry's Spill Action Centre at 1-800-268-6060 and shall be recorded in a written log or an electronic file format, as to the nature of the spill, and action taken for clean-up, correction and prevention of future occurrences.

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

54.0 Environmental Monitoring Program

54.1 The Owner shall carry out monitoring programs for groundwater, surface water, leachate, landfill gas,dust, noise and biology, as described in Section 7.0 in Item 112 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA

, and more specifically, Schedules "B", "C", "D", "E" and "F", attached to this ECA .

54.2 Any proposed changes to the monitoring programs shall be approved in advance by the Director via an amendment to this ECA .

54.3 The Owner shall ensure that all groundwater monitoring wells which form part of the monitoring program are be properly capped, locked and protected from damage.

54.4 Any groundwater monitoring wells included in the ongoing monitoring program that are damaged shall be assessed, repaired, replaced or decommissioned by the Owner , as required

54.5 The Owner shall repair or replace any monitoring well which is destroyed or in any way made to be inoperable for sampling such that no more than one regular sampling event is missed.

54.6 All monitoring wells which are no longer required as part of the groundwater monitoring program, and have been approved by the Director for abandonment, shall be decommissioned by the Owner , in accordance with Reg. 903 . A report on the decommissioning of the well shall be included in the annual monitoring report for the period during which the well was decommissioned.

LANDFILL TRIGGER CRITERIA AND CONTINGENCY PLANS

55.0 Trigger Mechanisms and Contingency Plans

Page 70: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 32 - NUMBER A420018

55.1 In the event of unexpected but possible exceedance of a site specific trigger level relating to groundwater or surface water impacts due to leachate, the Owner shall immediately notify the District Manager , and an investigation into the cause and the need for implementation of remedial or contingency actions shall be carried out by the Owner in accordance with the trigger mechanisms and associated contingency plans established in Items 112 and 113 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA .

55.2 Any proposed changes to the site specific trigger levels for groundwater and surface water impacts shall be approved in advance by the Director via an amendment to this ECA .

55.3 If monitoring results, investigative activities and implementation criteria indicate the need to implement contingency measures, the Owner shall ensure that the following steps are taken:

(i) The Director and District Manager shall be notified of the need to implement contingency measures;

(ii) Detailed plans, specifications and descriptions for the design, operation and maintenance of the contingency measures shall be prepared and submitted to the Director ; and

(iii) The contingency measures shall be implemented upon approval by the Director .

COMMUNITY LIAISON COMMITTEE

56.0 Community Liaison Committee (CLC)

56.1 The Owner , in consultation with the host municipality, the Township of North Stormont, shall provide for the establishment of a Community Liaison Committee ("CLC") for the ·purpose of providing community review of the development, operation, on-going monitoring and maintenance, closure and post-closure care related to the Site . The CLC shall act as a vehicle for communication between the Owner and the local community and shall provide the opportunity for the CLC to make recommendations to the Owner and the Ministry , or any other appropriate authority, on matters of concern to people affected by the Owner 's operations at the Site.

56.2 The general mandate of the CLC shall be to review and provide recommendations to the Owner and the Ministry , when appropriate, on the following:

(i) Landfilling operations at the Site ;(ii) All other operations at the Site ;(iii) Annual operating and monitoring reports for the Site ;(iv) Proposed changes to the ECA (s) for the Site ; and(v) Complaints and complaint response procedures and any other matters of concern to the local

community.

56.3 Membership on the CLC shall be available on the following basis:

(i) Two (2) representatives of the Owner ;(ii) One (1) representative of the Township of North Stormont;

Page 71: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 33 - NUMBER A420018

(iii) One (1) non-voting representative of the Ministry ; and(iv) Two (2) local community representatives who reside in North Stormont Township or in Nation

Municipality.

56.4 The Owner shall allow the CLC to prepare Terms of Reference for the CLC. The Owner shall submit a copy of the Terms of Reference for establishing and operating the CLC to the Regional Director and

District Manager for information purposes. Any subsequent changes to the Terms of Reference for the CLC shall be forwarded to the District Manager . A copy of the Terms of Reference for the CLC shall be publicly available.

56.5 The Owner , in conjunction with the CLC, shall establish a public complaints response procedure, based on Section 12.3 in Item 8 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA , and that includes the following:

(i) Circulate on a quarterly basis all complaints received to members of the CLC, and keep a public record at the Site office. Copies of complaint forms shall be available at the Site office;

(ii) Establish and maintain a twenty-four (24) hour emergency telephone number to receive any complaints and to respond as soon as possible. Written responses to a complaint are to be provided by the Owner within ten (10) days of receipt of a complaint;

(iii) Record the name and address of the complainant if given, and the date, time and nature of the complaint;

(iv) Review with the CLC at least twice annually, all complaints about the operations of the Site and the Owner 's response/action. Complaints that are not resolved within a period of ninety (90) days shall be referred to the CLC for review and resolution; and

(v) Summarize all complaints and the Owner 's responses/actions in the annual report.

56.6 The summary of the complaints response procedure shall be forwarded to the Regional Director,

District Manager and all properties within 1,500 metres of the Site property boundaries.

LANDFILL CLOSURE

57.0 Closure Plan

57.1 At least two (2) years prior to the anticipated date of closure of this Landfill or the date 90 per cent of the total waste disposal volume of the Landfill is reached, whichever occurs first, the Owner shall submit to the Director for approval, with copies to the District Manager and the CLC, a detailed site closure plan pertaining to the termination of landfilling operations at this Site , post-closure inspection, maintenance and monitoring, and end use, based on Section 9.0 in Item 112 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA . The plan shall include the following:

(i) A plan showing Site appearance after closure;(ii) A description of the proposed end use of the Site ;(iii) Descriptions of the procedures for closure of the Site , including:

(a) Advance notification of the public of the Landfill closure;(b) Posting of a sign at the Site entrance indicating the Landfill is closed and identifying any

Page 72: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 34 - NUMBER A420018

alternative waste disposal arrangements;(c) Completion, inspection and maintenance of the final cover and landscaping;(d) Site security;(e) Removal of unnecessary structures, buildings and facilities; (f) Final construction of any control, treatment, disposal and monitoring facilities for

leachate, groundwater, surface water and landfill gas; and(g) If necessary, closure activities for the Waste Transfer and Processing Station and/or

Composting Facility as per conditions 43.1 and 50.1.(iv) Descriptions of the procedures for post-closure care of the Site , including:

(a) Operation, inspection and maintenance of the control, treatment, disposal and monitoring facilities for leachate, groundwater, surface water and landfill gas;

(b) Record keeping and reporting; and(c) Complaint contact and .response procedures;

(v) An assessment of the adequacy of and need to implement the contingency plans for leachate and methane gas;

(vi) An updated estimate of the contaminating life span of the Site , based on the results of the monitoring programs to date; and

(vii) An update of the cost estimates for financial assurance and the amount which has been provided to the Director to date.

ANNUAL REPORTING

58.0 Annual Report

58.1 The Owner shall prepare an annual report on the development, operations and monitoring of the Site , based on Section 7.9 in Item 112 in Schedule "A" attached to this ECA . The report shall be submitted to the Regional Director , the District Manager and the CLC, on April 30th of each year, and shall cover the twelve (12) month period (calendar year) preceding. The report shall include the following:

(i) The results and an interpretive analysis of the results of all leachate, groundwater, surface water and landfill gas monitoring, including an assessment of the need to amend the monitoring programs;

(ii) Determination of background water quality using methods detailed in Regulation 232.

(iii) An assessment of the operation and performance of all engineered facilities, the need to amend the design or operation of the Site , and the adequacy of and need to implement the contingency plans;

(iv) Site plans showing the existing contours of the Site ; areas of landfilling operation during the reporting period; areas of intended operation during the next reporting period; areas of excavation during the reporting period; the progress of final cover, vegetative cover, and any intermediate cover application; previously existing site facilities; facilities installed during the reporting period; and site preparations and facilities planned for installation during the next reporting period;

(v) Calculations of the volume of waste, daily and intermediate cover, and final cover deposited or placed at the Landfill during the reporting period and a calculation of the total volume of

Page 73: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 35 - NUMBER A420018

Landfill capacity used during the reporting period;(vi) A calculation of the remaining capacity of the Landfill and an estimate of the remaining site life;(vii) A summary of the quantity of any leachate or pre-treated leachate removed from the Site or

leachate treated and discharged from the Site during each operating week;(viii) A summary of the weekly, maximum daily and total annual quantity (tonnes) of waste received at

the Landfill ;(ix) A summary of any public complaints received as a result of any Site operation by the Owner and

the responses made;(x) A discussion of any operational problems encountered at the Site and corrective action taken;(xi) a summary describing any rejected waste including quantity, waste type, reasons for rejection and

origin of the rejected waste;(xii) a descriptive summary of any spills, incidents or other emergency situations which have occurred

at the Site, any remedial measures taken, and the measures taken to prevent future occurrences;(xiii) An update summary of the amount of financial assurance which has been provided to the

Director ; and(xiv) any changes to the emergency response, contingency plans or the operations manual since the last

annual report; (xv) an assessment of groundwater; (xvi) any recommendations to minimize environmental impacts from the operation of the Site and to

improve Site operations and monitoring programs in this regard.(xvii) Any other information with respect to the Site which the Regional Director may require from

time to time.

58.2 The following information with respect to the Composting Facility and Waste Transfer and Processing

Station shall be submitted at the same time as the annual report required in Condition 58.1, either under separated cover as a supplemental report or as part of the Annual report, and shall include the following:

(i) a monthly mass balance of the waste received, processed and transferred from the Composting

Facility, and Waste Transfer and Processing Station, respectively, including waste type, quantity and disposal destinations;

(ii) an annual summary mass balance of the waste received, processed and transferred from the Composting Facility, and Waste Transfer and Processing Station, respectively, including waste type, quantity and disposal destination;

(iii) an annual summary of any deficiencies, items of non-compliance or process aberrations that occurred at the Composting Facility and/or Waste Transfer and Processing Station and any remedial/mitigative action taken to correct them;

(iv) a descriptive summary of any spills, incidents or other emergency situations which have occurred at the Composting Facility and/or Waste Transfer and Processing Station, any remedial measures taken, and the measures taken to prevent future occurrences;

(v) a summary describing any rejected waste including quantity, waste type, reasons for rejection and origin of the rejected waste;

(vi) any environmental and operational problems, that could negatively impact the environment, encountered during the operation of the Composting Facility and Waste Transfer and Processing

Station or identified during the facility inspections and any mitigative actions taken;

Page 74: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 36 - NUMBER A420018

(vii) any changes to the emergency response, contingency plans or the operations manual related to the Composting Facility, and Waste Transfer and Processing Station since the last annual report;

(viii) any recommendations to minimize environmental impacts from the operation of the Composting

Facility and Waste Transfer and Processing Station and to improve operations in this regard.

SCHEDULE "A"

This Schedule "A" forms part of Environmental Compliance Approval No. A420018:

1. Application for Approval of a Waste Disposal Site, signed by Andre Lafleche, President, Lafleche Environment Inc., dated October 13, 1998.

2. Report entitled, "Lafleche Environment Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility (Phase 1 - Landfill), Environmental Assessment", dated May 1998.

3. Report entitled, "Lafleche Environment Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility (Phase I - Landfill), Appendix F: Biological Impact Assessment", prepared by Niblett Environmental Associates Inc., dated April 1998.

(a) Report entitled, "Lafleche Environment Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility (Phase 1), Biological Impact Assessment (Southern Landfill Buffer Area)", dated September 1998.

4. Report entitled, "Hydrogeological and Geotechnical Characterization and Conceptual Design, Proposed Landfill Development, Part Lots 16, 17 and 18, Concession X, Township of Roxborough, Ontario", prepared by Golder Associates Ltd., dated June 1998.

5. Report entitled, "Appendix C- Hydrological Evaluation and Surface Water Impact Assessment for the Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility", prepared by J.F. Sabourin and Associates Inc., dated July 1998, updated September 1999, and with the addition of the following sampling parameters in Section 4.0, page 61: cobalt and aluminum.

6. Letter dated October 21, 1998, from P.A.S. Benson, P.Eng., and K.A. Marentette, Golder Associates Ltd., to M. Zimmer, P.Eng., Lafleche Environment Inc., Re: Response to MOE Comments on EA Submission.

7. Letter dated November 2, 1998, from P.A S. Benson, P.Eng., and P.A. Smolkin, P.Eng., Golder Associates Ltd., to D. Staseff, P.Eng., Ministry of the Environment, Re: MOE Requirements for Issuance of an EPA Certificate of Approval.

8. Report entitled, "Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility (Phase 1 -Landfill), Design and Operations Report", dated May 1999, including revised pages 91, 93 and 94 received by fax dated July 7, 1999. d

9. Order in Council 1241/99 dated May 5, 1999, and Environmental Assessment Act, Section 9, Notice of Approval to proceed with the Undertaking, Re: Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Phase 1 -

Page 75: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 37 - NUMBER A420018

Landfill, Township of North Stormont, Lafleche Environment Inc., EA File No. PR-LF-02T, including conditions set out in Attachment A.

10. Drawings for Design and Operations Report (Item 8 above) entitled:

(a) D.1- Plan of Existing Conditions, drawn & checked July 1999, received August 10, 1999.(b) D2- Landfill Development Plan, drawn & checked July 1999, received August 10, 1999.(c) D3- Site Plan and Cross Sections, undated, received August 10, 1999.

11 . Report entitled, "Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility (Phase 1 -Landfill), Financial Assurance Plan, dated September, 1999 (received September 23, 1999).

12. Letter dated September 28, 1999, from P.A. Smolkin, P.Eng., Golder Associates Ltd., to D. Staseff, P.Eng., Ministry of the Environment, Re: Final Design of Stage 1, Proposal to Utilize Tire Shreds, Leachate Collection System on Base Side slope Areas.

13. Letter dated October 19, 1999, from D. Staseff, P.Eng., Ministry of the Environment, to P.A. Smolkin, P .Eng., Golder Associates Ltd., Re: Final Design of Stage 1, Proposal to Utilize Tire Shreds, Leachate Collection System on Base Side slope Areas.

14. Letter dated October 21, 1999, from P .A. Smolkin, P .Eng., Golder Associates Ltd., to D. Staseff, P .Eng., Ministry of the Environment, Re: Tire Shreds on Base Side slope Areas of Leachate Collection System.

15. Laflèche Environment Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Design Brief, Stage 1 Landfill, Provisional Certificate of Approval No. A420018, Golder Associates Limited, November 1999.

16. Laflèche Environment Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Quality Assurance Plan and

Specifications, Stage 1 Landfill, Provisional Certificate of Approval No. A420018, Golder Associates Limited, November 1999.

17. Laflèche Environment Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Landfill - Stage 1, Design

Drawings - CS, S-1, S-2, S-3, SEC 1, SEC 2, DET 1, DET 2, E1, E2, Golder Associates Limited and J. L. Richards & Associates Limited, November 1999.

18. Fax dated December 23, 1999, from Paul Smolkin, Golder Associates Limited, to Dave Staseff, Ministry of the Environment, Re: Addenda to Technical Specifications, Stage 1 - Phase 1, Laflèche Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility.

19. Letter dated February 4, 2000, from P. A. Smolkin, P. Eng., Golder Associates Limited, to D. Staseff, P. Eng., Ministry of the Environment, Re: Provision of Additional Information and Clarification, Detailed Design - Stage 1 Landfill, Eastern Ontario Waste Management Facility, Provisional Certificate of Approval No. A420018 (Response to comments in letter dated January 31, 2000, from D. Staseff, P. Eng., Ministry of the Environment).

Page 76: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 38 - NUMBER A420018

20. Letter dated March 2, 2000, from P. A. Smolkin, P. Eng., Golder Associates Limited, to D. Staseff, P. Eng., Ministry of the Environment, Re: Response to MOE Letter of February 28, 2000, Detailed Design - Stage 1, Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Provisional Certificate of Approval No. A420018 (Response to comments in letter dated February 28, 2000, from D. Staseff, P. Eng., Ministry of the Environment).

21. Report entitled "Site Preparation and Quality Assurance Monitoring, Phase 1, Stage 1, Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Moose Creek, Ontario", prepared by Golder Associates Limited, dated December 2000, and all appendices including:

(a) Appendix A - Report on Assessment of Berm Stability and Design Modifications, South Exterior Containment Berm, Phase 1, Stage 1, Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, prepared by Golder Associates Limited, dated December 2000.

(b) Revised Detailed Design Drawings:

S-2B - Landfill Stage 1 Site Plan - Rev. 3 - 28/11/00 SEC 1 - Landfill Stage 1 Cross Sections - Rev. 6 - 05/12/00SEC 2 - Landfill Stage 1 Sections 2 - Rev. 6 - 28/11/00

22. Letter dated February 19, 2001, from P.A.S. Benson & P.A. Smolkin, Golder Associates Ltd., to D. Staseff, Ministry of the Environment, Re: Response to MOE Comments dated February 7, 2001 on Site Preparation and Quality Assurance Monitoring Report, Phase 1, Stage 1 - Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Laflèche Environment Inc., Certificate of Approval No. A420018.

23. Letter Report dated February 21, 2001, from P.A.S. Benson & P.A. Smolkin, Golder Associates Ltd., to D. Staseff, Ministry of the Environment, Re: Addendum to Report entitled "Report on Site Preparation and Quality Assurance Monitoring, Phase 1, Stage 1, Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Moose Creek, Ontario", Certificate of Approval No. A420018.

24. Letter dated March 7, 2001, from P.A.S. Benson & P.A. Smolkin, Golder Associates Ltd., to D. Staseff, Ministry of the Environment, Re: Response to MOE Letter dated February 22, 2001, Site Preparation and Quality Assurance Monitoring Report, Phase 1, Stage 1 - Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Laflèche Environment Inc., Certificate of Approval No. A420018 (MOE Ref. #2250-4TSRD8), including revised Figure 1 - Schematic Cross-Section Through Waste, Temporary Interim Waste Slopes, dated February 16, 2001.

25. Application for Approval of a Waste Disposal Site, signed by Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Laflèche Environment Inc., dated March 8, 2001.

26. Report entitled, "Laflèche Environment Inc., Eastern Ontario Landfill, Application to Amend Provisional Certificate of Approval No. A420018, Alternative Daily and Intermediate Cover Material", dated December 2000.

27. Letter dated July 10, 2001 from Martin Zimmer, Laflèche Environment Inc. to David Staseff, Ministry of

Page 77: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 39 - NUMBER A420018

the Environment, Re: Alternative Daily & Intermediate Cover Material, Laflèche Environment Inc. Eastern Ontario Landfill Site, Condition 32 - C of A No. A420018, MOE Ref. #3220-4USKSU, with responses to MOE comments dated July 5, 2001.

28. Letter dated September 5, 2001 from Martin Zimmer, Laflèche Environment Inc. to Dave Staseff, Ministry of the Environment, Re: Alternative Daily and Intermediate Cover, Laflèche Environment Inc., MOE Ref. #3220-4USKSU, with responses to MOE comments dated August 29, 2001.

29. Letter dated August 3, 2001, from M. J. Warren & P. A. Smolkin, Golder Associates Limited, to David Staseff, Ministry of the Environment, Re: Proposed Modifications to Dust Monitoring Program, Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Moose Creek, Ontario.

30. Application for a Provisional Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal Site, signed by Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Laflèche Environment Inc., dated August 8, 2001.

31. Letter dated August 3, 2001 from P. A. S. Benson, P. Eng. & P. A. Smolkin, P. Eng., Golder Associates Ltd., to D. Staseff, P. Eng., Ministry of the Environment, Re: Supporting Documentation to Request for Amendment to Certificate of Approval No. A420018, Laflèche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility - Items #2 & #3.

32. Letter dated June 5, 2002 from P. A. S. Benson, P. Eng. & P. A. Smolkin, P. Eng., Golder Associates Ltd., to D. Staseff, P. Eng., Ministry of the Environment, Re: Response to MOE Comments [dated February 25, 2002 & March 20, 2002] on Technical Specifications - Revision 1 and Revised Construction Drawings, Laflèche Environmental Inc. - Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Stage 1, Certificate of Approval No. A420018.

33. Stage 1 Technical Specifications - Sections 2848-1 to 2848-7 (Revision 1, August 2, 2001), submitted with Item 31 in Schedule "A", as amended by Item 32 in Schedule "A".

34. Stage 1 Construction Drawings, submitted with Item 32 in Schedule "A":

S-1 - Overall Site Plan - Rev. No. 5 - 06/01S-2 - Site Plan - Rev. No. 8 - 06/01S-3 - Landfilling Development/Sequencing - Rev. No. 5

- 06/01SEC 1 - Cross Sections - Rev. No. 7 - 06/01SEC 2 - Section 2 - Rev. No. 5 - 06/01SEC 2 (AR) - Sections 2 (AR) - Rev. No. 7 - 06/01SEC 3 - Sections 3 - Rev. No. 7 - 06/01DET 1 - Details 1 - Rev. No. 6 - 06/01DET 1 (AR) - Details 1 - Rev. No. 6 - 06/01DET 2 (AR) - Details 2 - Rev. No. 6 - 06/01

35. Letter dated December 2, 2002 from Martin Zimmer, P. Eng., Laflèche Environmental Inc., to the Director, Section 39, Environmental Protection Act, Re: Eastern Ontario Landfill C of A No. 420018,

Page 78: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 40 - NUMBER A420018

Administrative Amendment - Daily Volume, and the Application for a Provisional Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal Site, signed by Martin Zimmer, General Manager, dated December 3, 2002 (MOE Application Ref. #2691-5GVQAS).

36. Letter dated February 10, 2003 from Martin Zimmer, P. Eng., Laflèche Environmental Inc., to David Staseff, P. Eng., Ministry of the Environment, Re: Maximum Daily Fill Rate - Condition 14.1, Eastern Ontario Landfill, C of A No. A420018, Application Reference #2691-5GVQAS (Response to letter dated February 7, 2003 from Dave Staseff, P. Eng., Ministry of the Environment, to Martin Zimmer, P. Eng., Laflèche Environmental Inc.)

37. Drawing number SEC1, Revision 8, entitled "Landfill Stage 1 Cross Sections" prepared by Golder Associates Ltd. and J.L. Richards Ltd. dated January, 2002.

38. Drawing number SEC3, Revision 9, entitled "Landfill Stage 1 Sections 3" prepared by Golder Associates Ltd. and J.L. Richards Ltd. dated February 2004.

39. Document entitled "Suitability of Shredded Tires for use in Landfill Leachate Collection Systems" prepared by A. Benson, M. Warith, E. Erman and R. Moore from the Proceedings of the 55th Canadian Geotechnical and 3rd Joint IAH-CNC and CGS Groundwater Specialty Conferences, Niagara Falls, Ontario, October 20 to 23, 2002.

40. Report entitled "An Experimental Examination of Biologically Induced Clogging of Tire Shreds" prepared by Reagan McIsaac and R. Kerry Rowe, dated December 2002.

41. Letter and associated attachments from P.A.S. Benson and P.A. Smolkin, Golder Associates Ltd., to Martin Zimmer, Lafleche Environmental Ltd., dated December 10, 2002.

42. Document entitled "Technical Specifications Section 2848-6 Revision 2" dated December 22, 2003

43. Drawing number DET1, Revision 7, entitled "Landfill Stage 1 Details 1" prepared by Golder Associates Ltd. and J. L. Richards Ltd. dated January, 2003.

44. Drawing number S-3, Revision 6, entitled "Landfill Stage 1 Landfill Development/Sequencing" prepared by Golder Associates Ltd. and J. L. Richards Ltd. dated January, 2003.

45. Document entitled "Section 2848-5 Specifications Revision 2" dated January 22, 2003.

46. Application for a Provisional Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal Site for the Lafleche Environmental Limited's Eastern Ontario Landfill dated January 22, 2003.

47. Letter dated January 24, 2003 from P.A.S. Benson and M.S. Snow, Golder Associates Limited to David Stassef, Senior Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE.

48. Letter dated September 24, 2003 from Dave Stassef, Senior Engineer, Ministry of the Environment to Andrew Benson, Golder Associates Limited and Martin Zimmer, Lafleche Environmental Limited.

Page 79: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 41 - NUMBER A420018

49. Letter and associated attachments from R. Kerry Rowe, Research Director, The University of Western Ontario to Martin Zimmer, Lafleche Environmental Inc. dated December 19, 2003.

50. Letter dated December 22, 2003 from P.A.S. Benson and P.A. Smolkin, Golder Associates Ltd., to Mr. Ian Parrott, Director, Section 39 EPA, MOE, EAAB.

51. Letter dated January 13, 2004 from Martin Zimmer, Lafleche Environmental Limited to Ian Parrott, Director Section 39 EPA, EAAB, MOE.

52. Drawing number SEC2, Revision 7, entitled "Landfill Stage 1 Section 2" prepared by Golder Associates Ltd. and J.L. Richards Ltd. dated February, 2004.

53. Letter dated May 31, 2004 from Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Ministry of the Environment.

54. Letter dated October 4, 2004 from Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Ministry of the Environment.

55. Letter dated February 1, 2005 from Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Ministry of the Environment to Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc.

56. Letter dated May 31, 2005 from P.A.S. Benson and P.A. Smolkin, Golder Associates Ltd. to Ian Parrott, Director Section 39 Environmental Protection Act , EAAB, MOE.

57. Figure 1 entitled "Typical Leachate Collection System Monitoring Locations " dated May 2005 prepared by Golder Associates Limited.

58. Application for a Provisional Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal Site dated May 2, 2006, and signed by Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. including all supporting documentation.

59. Report entitled "Traffic Impact Study, Lafleche Landfill Capacity Expansion" dated June 2005, prepared by J.L. Richards & Associates Limited, Consulting Engineers, Architects & Planners.

60. Application for a Provisional Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal Site dated October 12, 2006, and signed by Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. including all supporting documentation.

61. Report entitled "Conceptual Design Report Landfill Gas Management Lafleche Environmental Inc.

Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility " dated April 23, 2007 prepared by Comcor Environmental Inc.

62. Letter dated September 10, 2007 from Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, EAAB, MOE to Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc..

Page 80: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 42 - NUMBER A420018

63. Letter dated October 4, 2007 from Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, EAAB, MOE.

64. Letter dated October 2, 2007 from Denise Burgess, Project Engineering Manager, Comcor Environmental Limited to Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc.

65. Letter dated April 26, 2008 from Shannan McGarr, Comcor Environmental Limited to Don MacDonell, Operations Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc.

66. E-mail from Damien Rodriguez to Ranjani Munasinghe, Ministry of the Environment, dated September 4, 2008, regarding a leak detection system for underground storage tanks.

67. E-mail from Damien Rodriguez to Ranjani Munasinghe, Ministry of the Environment, dated September 4, 2008, regarding undigested sludge.

68. Application for a Provisional Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal Site dated April 13, 2009, and signed by Don MacDonell, Operations Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. including all supporting documentation.

69. Report titled "Design and Operations Report" prepared by Lafleche Environmental Inc. dated April 2009.

70. Letter dated October 31, 2007 from Martin Zimmer, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE and attached document entitled "Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Financial Assurance Plan" including appendices.

71. Letter dated August 14, 2008 from Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE to Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc.

72. Letter dated October 14, 2008 from Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE.

73. Letter dated December 3, 2008 from Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE to Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc.

74. Letter dated December 4, 2008 from Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE.

75. E-mail dated March 27, 2009 and attached file "2009 Financial Assurance.pdf" from Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE.

76. Letter dated November 4, 2009 from Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE to Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc.

Page 81: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 43 - NUMBER A420018

77. Letter dated November 20, 2009 from Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE.

78. Document entitled "Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Financial Assurance Plan" including Tables 1, 2 and 3 dated November 19, 2009 from Lafleche Environmental Inc.

79. Letter dated February 4, 2010 and attachment entitled "Information Box A" from Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE to Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc.

80. Letter dated March 4, 2010 from Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE.

81. Document entitled "Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Financial Assurance Plan" including Tables 1, 2 and 3 dated March 4, 2010 from Lafleche Environmental Inc.

82. Letter dated April 13, 2010 from Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE to Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc.

83. E-mail dated April 20, 2010 and attached file "TABLE 3-LEI- FIN-ASSUR-2009- MASTER 25 year.xls" from Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE.

84. Letter dated April 20, 2010 from Andrew Benson, Golder Associates Limited to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE.

85. Memorandum and attached Figure G-1 dated October 30, 2009 from Megan Farnel and Trish Edmond, Golder Associates Limited to Brian King, President, Lafleche Environmental Inc..

86. Letter and Attachments 1 and 2 dated July 23, 2010 from Brian King, General Manager, Lafleche Environmental Inc. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, EAAB, MOE.

87. Memorandum dated November 9, 2010 to Mr. Greg Washuta, Ministry of the Environment from Ms. Jelena Crnokak, Ministry of the Environment providing financial review comments and corrections to Lafleche financial assurance calculations.

88. Letter dated December 4, 2009 from M.K. Farnel, Environmental Engineer and P.A.S. Benson, Environmental Engineer/Associate, Golder Associates Ltd. to Director, Ministry of the Environment, Environmental Assessment and Approvals Branch.

89. Document entitled "Eastern Ontario Landfill Stage 2 Quality Assurance Plan and Specifications" prepared by Golder Associates Limited, dated December 2009.

90. Drawing Number C1 entitled "Overall Site Plan" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 02, signed, stamped and dated

Page 82: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 44 - NUMBER A420018

December 2, 2009.

91. Drawing Number C2 entitled "Site Plan" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 02, signed, stamped and dated December 2, 2009.

92. Drawing Number C3 entitled "Coordinate Tables" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 02, signed, stamped and dated December 2, 2009.

93. Drawing Number C4 entitled "Cross Sections" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 03, signed, stamped and dated July 12, 2010.

94. Drawing Number C5 entitled "Section Views" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 03, signed, stamped and dated July 12, 2010.

95. Drawing Number C6 entitled "Site Leachate Forcemain Layout" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 02, signed, stamped and dated December 2, 2009.

96. Drawing Number C7 entitled "Leachate Evacuation Details" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 02, signed, stamped and dated December 2, 2009.

97. Drawing Number C8 entitled "Details" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 03, signed, stamped and dated July 12, 2010.

98. Drawing Number C9 entitled "Landfill Development/Sequencing" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 02, signed, stamped and dated December 2, 2009.

99. Drawing Number E2 entitled "Typical Pumping Station Details" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 02, signed, stamped and dated December 2, 2009.

100. Drawing Number E1 entitled "Electrical Site Plan and Details" created by Golder Associates Limited & J.L. Richards & Associates Limited for the Eastern Ontario Landfill - Stage 2, revision 02, signed, stamped and dated December 2, 2009.

101. Letter dated June 25, 2010 from Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, Environmental Assessment and Approvals Branch, Ministry of the Environment to Mr. Brian King, President, Laflèche Environmental Inc.

Page 83: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 45 - NUMBER A420018

102. Letter dated July 8, 2010 from M.K. Farnel, Environmental Engineer and P.A.S. Benson, Environmental Engineer/Associate, Golder Associates Ltd. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, Environmental Assessment and Approvals Branch, Ministry of the Environment.

103. Letter and attached Draft Certificate of Approval dated July 9, 2010 from Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, Environmental Assessment and Approvals Branch, Ministry of the Environment to Mr. Brian King, President, Laflèche Environmental Inc.

104. Letter dated July 12, 2010 from M.K. Farnel, Environmental Engineer and P.A.S. Benson, Environmental Engineer/Associate, Golder Associates Ltd. to Greg Washuta, Senior Waste Engineer, Waste Unit, Environmental Assessment and Approvals Branch, Ministry of the Environment.

105. Report entitled "Ontario Regulation 347 Design Report, Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Moose Creek, Ontario" dated June 24, 2009 prepared by Comcor Environmental Limited.

106. Report entitled "Landfill Gas Collection System Stage 1 Design Brief, Laflèche Environmental Inc. Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility" dated April 6, 2010 prepared by Comcor Environmental Limited.

107. Detailed design drawing package entitled "Landfill Gas Collection System Stage 1 Construction" for Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility dated July 14, 2010 prepared by Comcor Environmental Limited, and includes the following:

i. Drawing No. G101 - Existing Site Conditions;ii. Drawing No. G102 - Proposed Wellfield Connection System;

iii. Drawing No. G111 - Plan & Profile - 450φ Header;

iv. Drawing No. G121 - Plans & Profiles - 200φ Laterals 1-1 & 1-2;

v. Drawing No. G122 - Plans & Profiles - 200φ Laterals 1-3 & 1-4;vi. Drawing No. G161 - Trench Details;

vii. Drawing No. G162 - Sections; viii. Drawing No. G163 - System Details; and ix. Drawing No. G164 - System Details

108. Letter dated July 14, 2010 addressed to Rick Li, Ministry of the Environment from Shannan McGarr, Comcor Environmental Limited providing response to MOE comments on Detailed Design for Stage 1 Landfill Gas Collection System.

109. Application for a Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal Site dated June 14, 2010, signed by Dale Phippen, Laflèche Environmental Inc., including the following supporting documentation:

(a) Letter dated May 11, 2010, from Brian R. King, Laflèche Environmental Inc. to Andrew Neill, Ontario Ministry of the Environment, including additional clarification on the proposal;

(b) Drawing No. S-1A, entitled "Landfill Overall Site Plan"(c) Report dated May 2010, Revision No. 4, entitled "Operational Contingency Plan"

Page 84: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 46 - NUMBER A420018

110. E-mail dated August 6, 2010 (3:37 p.m.) from Dale Phippen, Laflèche Environmental Inc., to Margaret Wojcik, Ontario Ministry of the Environment, including additional information on the proposal.

111. E-mail dated August 19, 2010 (12:25 p.m.) from Dale Phippen, Laflèche Environmental Inc., to Margaret Wojcik, Ontario Ministry of the Environment, including additional information on the proposal.

112. Report titled "Design and Operations Report, Eastern Ontario Landfill" dated December 2009 and prepared by Golder Associates Ltd.

113. Letter dated July 8, 2010 from M.K. Farnel, P.Eng. and P.A.S. Benson, M.Eng., P.Eng., Golder Associates Ltd. to Greg Washuta, P.Eng., Ministry of the Environment Re: Response to Ministry of the Environment Comments.

114. Letter dated March 21, 2011 from M.E. Wheeler Cuddihy, P.Eng. and P.A.S. Benson, M.Eng., P.Eng., Golder Associates Ltd. to Ranjani Munasinghe, Ministry of the Environment regarding trigger parameters and mechanism recommendations for Eastern Ontario Landfill Stage 2 Design and Operations Report.

115. Letter report dated March 4, 2010 addressed to Director, Ministry of the Environment, Re: Report on Site Preparation and Quality Assurance Monitoring, Phase 8, Stage 1, Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Landfill, Certificate of Approval No. A 420018 (MOE Ref. 2250-4TSRD8) prepared by Golder Associates Limited.

116. Letter dated February 14, 2011 addressed to Director, Ministry of the Environment, Re: Addendum Report on Site Preparation and Quality Assurance Monitoring, Phase 8, Stage 1, Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Landfill, Certificate of Approval No. A 420018 (MOE Ref. 2250-4TSRD8) prepared by Golder Associates Limited.

117. Document entitled "Environmental Screening Report" prepared by Lafleche Environmental Inc. and dated August 2011.

118. Application for a Provisional Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal Site dated October 20, 2011 and signed by Brian R. King, President, Lafleche Environmental Inc. including all attached supporting information.

119. Letter report dated March 5, 2012 and titled "Report on Site Preparation and Quality Assurance Monitoring, Phases 1 and 2, Stage 2 Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Landfill, Certificate of Approval No. A420018" prepared by Golder Associates Ltd.

120. Document entitled Design and Operations Report - Lafleche Recyclables Waste Transfer/Processing Facility" dated November 10, 2011 and prepared by Lafleche Environmental Inc.

121. Letter dated November 22, 2011 from Steve Burns, District Manager, Ottawa District, Ministry of the Environment, to Brian King, president, Lafleche Environmental Inc., re: Annual flushing and video of

Page 85: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 47 - NUMBER A420018

leachate collection lines.

122. Letter dated November 5, 2012 from Steve Burns, District Manager, Ottawa District, Ministry of the Environment, to Brian King, president, Lafleche Environmental Inc., re: Changes to Communitiy Liaison Committe Terms of Reference.

Page 86: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 48 - NUMBER A420018

SCHEDULE "B"

This Schedule "B" forms part of this Environmental Compliance Approval no. A420018.

GROUNDWATER MONITORING

Borehole

Layer 1:

Silty Clay

(weathered for S1

wells)

Layer 2:

Glacial till

Layer 3:

Bedrock

Sampling Frequency

(times per year)

General

96-1List AList B

List AList B

List AList B

2 x1 x

96-2List AList B

List AList B

List AList B

2 x1 x

96-3List AList B

List AList B

List AList B

2 x1 x

96-4List AList B

List AList B

List AList B

2 x1 x

96-5List AList B

List AList B

List AList B

2 x1 x

96-6List AList B

List AList B

Note 3Note 3

2 x1 x

Stage 1 Impact Evaluation Monitors

S1-1List AList B

List AList B

List AList B

2 x1 x

S1-2List AList B

List AList B

List AList B

2 x1 x

S1-3List AList B

List AList B

List AList B

2 x1 x

Stage 2 Impact Evaluation Monitors

To be installed

List A

Alkalinity, Ammonia, Barium, Boron, Calcium, Chloride, Conductivity, Iron, Magnesium, Nitrate, pH, Sodium, Total Dissolved. Solids (TDS), Sulphate, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC)

List B

Alkalinity, Ammonia, Arsenic, Barium, Boron, Cadmium, Calcium, Chloride, Chromium, Conductivity, Copper, Iron, Lead, Magnesium, Manganese, Mercury, Nitrate, Nitrite, Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN), pH,

Page 87: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 49 - NUMBER A420018

Total Phosphorus, Potassium, Sodium, Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Sulphate, Zinc, Benzene, 1,4-Chlorobenzene, Dichloromethane, Toluene, Vinyl Chloride, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC), Phenol

Field Parameters

Groundwater Levels, Temperature, pH and Conductivity shall be measured in all monitors at the time of sample collection according to the Sampling Frequency in Note 2.

Field Blanks

Approximately one blank for every 10 samples collected shall be prepared during each monitoring session as part of a quality assurance/quality control program. Temperature, pH, and Conductivity of the samples shall be measured in the field at the time of sample collection.

NOTES:

1. Monitor Locations - See Drawing D.3 in Design and Operations Report, May 1999 (Item 10 inSchedule "A").

2. Sampling Frequency - 2 I year in August, November.1 I year in May.

3. Monitor 96-6A - Not included in the water level or groundwater quality sampling program due to the low permeability of the bedrock at this location which results in a very slow response in the monitor following well development.

Page 88: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 50 - NUMBER A420018

SCHEDULE "C"

This Schedule "C" forms part of this Environmental Compliance Approval no. A420018.

SURFACE WATER MONITORING

Monitoring Station Spring Summer Fall Winter

SW1 List A List B List A List B

SW2 List A List B List A List B

SW3 List A List B List A List B

SW4 List A List B List A List B

List A

Alkalinity, Aluminum, Ammonia, Arsenic, Barium, Boron, Cadmium, Chloride, Chromium, Cobalt, Conductivity, Copper, Iron, Lead, Mercury, Nitrate, Nitrite, Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN), pH, Total Phosphorus, Selenium, Silver, Suspended Solids, Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Sulphate, Zinc, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Phenol

List B

Alkalinity, Ammonia, Chloride, Conductivity, Iron, Nitrate, Nitrite, Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN), pH, Total Phosphorus, Suspended Solids, Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Sulphate, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Phenol

Field Parameters

Temperature, pH, Conductivity, Dissolved Oxygen, and Flow (or water level) shall be measured at all stations at the time of sample collection according to the sampling frequency specified in the table.

Stormwater Management Pond

During the operating life of the landfill, the pond will be operated on a batch mode and water quality shall be sampled and analyzed before water is released from the pond, in accordance with this ECA and approval under Section 53, OWRA. Discharge criteria for release of water from the pond are provided in Section 10.5 (Table 8) in the Design and Operations Report, dated May 1999, as amended. Pond water levels and discharge conditions shall be monitored and recorded .

NOTES:

1. Monitoring Stations - See Figure 4 in Surface Water Impact Assessment Report, July 1998, updated September 1999.

Page 89: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 51 - NUMBER A420018

SCHEDULE "D"

This Schedule "D" forms part of this Environmental Compliance Approval no. A420018.

LEACHATE COLLECTION SYSTEM MONITORING

Item Location Frequency

Leachate Quantity/Flow Discharge Point from System Daily

Leachate LevelsCleanouts and piezometers in

granular drainage blanketQuarterly

Leachate Quality Discharge point from systemList A - Twice per year (Aug and

Nov)List B - Annually (May)

List A

Alkalinity, Ammonia, Barium, Boron, Calcium, Chloride, Conductivity, Iron, Magnesium, Nitrate, pH, Sodium, Suspended Solids, Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Sulphate, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC)

List B

Alkalinity, Ammonia, Arsenic, Barium, Boron, Cadmium, Calcium, Chloride, Chromium, Conductivity, Copper, Iron, Lead, Magnesium, Manganese, Mercury, Nitrate, Nitrite, Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN), pH, Total Phosphorus, Potassium, Sodium, Suspended Solids, Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Sulphate, Zinc, Benzene, 1,4-Dichlorobenzene, Dichloromethane, Toluene, Vinyl Chloride, Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC), Phenol

Leachate Pumping Stations

Daily - Check pumps for proper operation.Monthly - Inspect pumping station for sediment accumulation, clean out sediment as needed.Quarterly - Remove pumps and inspect for wear, inspect pump switches, electrical systems, and

alarms.

Page 90: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 52 - NUMBER A420018

SCHEDULE "E"

This Schedule "E" forms part of this Environmental Compliance Approval no. A420018.

LANDFILL GAS MONITORING

Landfill Gas Collection System

Vacuum, temperature, gas composition and flow rate shall be monitored within the collection system and at the blower/flare Station.

Combustible Gas Monitoring

As each phase of the landfill is constructed, landfill gas monitors shall be progressively installed within the landfill buffer approximately every 200 metres around the landfill perimeter. Monitoring shall include combustible gas concentrations in all monitors. Monitoring shall be conducted monthly during the winter and once in the summer until the Director is satisfied that monitoring is no longer required based on a written report from the Owner.

Page 91: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 53 - NUMBER A420018

SCHEDULE "F"

This Schedule "F" forms part of this Environmental Compliance Approval no. A420018.

DUST MONITORING

Sampling and analysis for suspended particulate matter (SPM) shall be conducted annually during the operating period of the landfill, beginning at the time that the Site starts receiving waste, and using methods approved by the Ministry . The monitoring program shall consist of the following (first two years of operation):

1. Sampling shall be carried out over a period of three (3) summer months (June to August) with analysis carried out on samples retrieved every thirty (30) days during this period.

2. Samples shall be taken at three (3) locations simultaneously:

a. West of the landfill, at the nearest residence;b. South of the landfill, at the property boundary (“upwind” sample); andc. North of the landfill, at the property boundary (“downwind” sample).

3. Each sample shall be taken using a standard Dustfall sampler over a thirty (30) day period. Wind speed and wind direction shall be recorded daily during this period.

NOISE MONITORING

Noise monitoring shall consist of yearly measurements of noise levels carried out in accordance with protocols acceptable to the Ministry. The monitoring of sound levels of daily activity in the Site shall typically occur twice per year and relate to periods of peak landfilling activity once the Site reaches a threshold annual fill rate of 150,000 tonnes and within 5 metres of final contours of the Site. Monitoring shall be conducted at the residential receptor closest to the Site. Where possible, measurements shall be taken during neutral lapse conditions (cloudy day) under light winds for measurement of sound.

ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS

Average temperature (minimum, mean, maximum), precipitation, barometric pressure and wind speed and action shall be recorded daily from an on-site weather station.

GEOTECHNICAL MONITORING

In Phase 1, Stage 1 of the landfill, monitoring of porewater pressures (pneumatic piezometers P-1 to P-4) and deformations (inclinometers I-1 and I-2) in the south exterior containment berm shall be carried out in accordance with Section 5.0 in Item 21a in Schedule "A", attached to the ECA .

Page 92: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 54 - NUMBER A420018

SCHEDULE "G"

This Schedule "G" forms part of this Environmental Compliance Approval no. A420018.

Table 1. Composting Feedstock Quality Criteria

Trace ElementColumn 1

Feedstock for Category AA(mg/kg dry weight)

Column 2Feedstock for Category A or B

(mg/kg dry weight)

arsenic 75 170

cadmium 20 34

chromium 1060 2800

cobalt 150 340

copper 760 1700

lead 500 1100

mercury 5 11

molybdenum 20 94

nickel 180 420

selenium 14 34

zinc 1850 4200

Table 2. Compost Quality Criteria

ParameterColumn 1

Category AA Compost(mg/kg dry weight)

Column 2Category A Compost(mg/kg dry weight)

Column 3Category B Compost(mg/kg dry weight)

arsenic 13 13 75

cadmium 3 3 20

chromium 210 210 1060

cobalt 34 34 150

copper 100 400 760

lead 150 150 500

mercury 0.8 0.8 5

molybdenum 5 5 20

nickel 62 62 180

selenium 2 2 14

zinc 500 700 1850

foreign matter (greater than 3 mm)

1 % total0.5 % plastic

1 % total0.5 % plastic

1 % total0.5 % plastic

foreign matter(greater than 25 mm)

0 % 0% 0 %

E. coli < 1000 CFU or

< 1000 MPN / g solids

< 1000 CFU or

< 1000 MPN / g solids

< 1000 CFU or

< 1000 MPN / g solids

Salmonella 3 MPN / 4 g total solids 3 MPN / 4 g total solids 3 MPN / 4 g total solids

Page 93: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 55 - NUMBER A420018

SCHEDULE "H"

This Schedule "H" forms part of this Environmental Compliance Approval no. A420018.

FINANCIAL ASSURANCE

Submission Date Total Financial Assurance Required

Current $ 10,797,538.00

January 31, 2013 $12,073,441.00

January 31, 2014 $13,349,344.00

Page 94: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 56 - NUMBER A420018

The reasons for the imposition of these terms and conditions are as follows:

The reason for the Definitions section is to define the specific meaning of terms and simplify the wording of

conditions in this ECA.

The reason for the conditions in sections 1.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, and 8.0 is to clarify the legal rights and

responsibilities of the Owner and Operator under this ECA.

The reasons for section 2.0, 11.0, 37.0, 38.0, 41.0, 42.0 and 46.0 is to ensure that the operations within the Site

(Landfill, Composting, Transfer/Processing) are designed, operated, monitored and maintained in accordance

with the application and supporting documentation submitted by the Owner, and not in a manner which the

Director has not been asked to consider.

The reasons for condition 6.1 are to ensure that the Site is operated under the corporate name which appears

on the application form submitted for this ECA and to ensure that the Director is informed of any changes.

The reasons for condition 6.2 are to restrict potential transfer or encumbrance of the Site without the approval

of the Director and to ensure that any transfer of encumbrance can be made only on the basis that it will not

endanger compliance with this ECA.

Section 7.0 is included, pursuant to subsection 197(1) of the EPA, to provide that any persons having an

interest in the Site are aware that the land has been approved and used for the purposes of waste disposal.

The reason for the conditions in section 9.0 is to ensure that appropriate Ministry staff have ready access to

the Site for inspection of facilities, equipment, practices and operations required by the conditions in this ECA.

This condition is supplementary to the powers of entry afforded a Provincial Officer pursuant to the EPA and

OWRA.

The reasons for the conditions in section 10.0 are to ensure that sufficient funds are available to the Ministry

to close the Landfill, and to carry out all expected post-closure care activities and any contingencies. Failure

to include requirements for financial assurance would not be in the public interest and may result in a hazard

or nuisance to the natural environment or any person.

The reason for the conditions in section 12.0, 13.0, 14.0, 29.0, 39.0, 40.0, 44.0 and 45.0 is to specify the

approved areas from which waste may be accepted at the Site and the types and amounts of waste that may be

accepted for transfer, processing, composting or disposal at the Site, based on the Owner's application and

Supporting Documentation.

The reason for the conditions in section 15.0 is to specify the normal hours of operation for the Site and a

mechanism for amendment of the hours of operation.

The reason for conditions 16.1 and the conditions in section 17.0 is to ensure that the Site is supervised and

operated by properly trained staff in a manner which does not result in a hazard or nuisance to the natural

Page 95: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 57 - NUMBER A420018

environment or any person.

The reason for conditions 16.2 and 16.3 is to specify site access to/from the Site and to ensure the controlled

access and integrity of the Site by preventing unauthorized access when the Site is closed and no site attendant

is on duty.

The reason for conditions 16.4 through 16.7 is to ensure that the Site operates in a manner where nuisances

due to Site traffic are minimized.

The reason for the conditions in section 18.0 is to ensure that users of the Site are fully aware of important

information and restrictions related to Site operations under this ECA.

The reason for condition 19.1 is that open burning of municipal waste is unacceptable because of concerns

with air emissions, smoke and other nuisance affects, and the potential fire hazard.

The reason for condition 19.2 is to ensure protection of public health and safety and minimization of the

potential for damage to environmental control, monitoring and other works at the Site. Scavenging is the

uncontrolled removal of material from waste at the Site.

The reason for the conditions in section 20.0 is to ensure that accurate waste records are maintained to ensure

compliance with the conditions in this ECA (such as fill rate, site capacity, record keeping, annual reporting,

and financial assurance requirements), the EPA and its regulations.

The reason for section 21.0 is to allow the Ministry to consider and take appropriate action in a timely manner

under this ECA or any statute or regulation in relation to a waste load rejection.

The reasons for the conditions in section 22.0 are to ensure that the Site is operated, inspected and maintained

in an environmentally acceptable manner and does not result in a hazard or nuisance to the natural

environment or any person and that any complaints regarding operations at this Site are responded to in a

timely and efficient manner.

The reason for the conditions is section 23.0 and 24.0 is to ensure that the Site is designed, constructed and

operated in an environmentally acceptable manner, based on the conceptual design and operations for the

Site. Section 24.0 has been specifically included to allow for optimization of design for subsequent stages

based on operating experience and monitoring results and to ensure that any necessary remedial action is

undertaken before landfilling may proceed in the next stage.

The reason for the conditions in section 25.0 is to ensure the availability of as-built drawings for inspection

and information purpose

The reason for the conditions in section 26.0 is to confirm that Site conditions are as expected and the Site has

been prepared and constructed in accordance with the approved design.

The reason for the conditions in section 27.0 is to ensure that construction proceeds in accordance with the

approved final

Page 96: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 58 - NUMBER A420018

The reason for section 28.0 is to ensure that the need is assessed for a person, reporting directly to the

Ministry, to be responsible for inspecting the Site, based on the requirements in this EVA to ensure that the Site

is operated in an environmentally acceptable manner.

The reason for the conditions in sections 30.0 and 31.0 is to specify restrictions on the extent of landfilling at

this Site based on the Owner's application and Supporting Documentation. These limits define the approved

volumetric capacity of the Site. Approval to landfill beyond these limits would require an application with

supporting documentation submitted to the Director.

The reason for the condition in sections 32.0 is to ensure that there is adequate space around the perimeter of

the waste fill area in which contaminant attenuation may occur and various monitoring, maintenance and

environmental control activities can take place.

The reasons for the condition 33.1 and the conditions in section 34.0 is to ensure that landfilling operations

are conducted in an environmentally acceptable manner. Daily and intermediate cover is used to control

potential nuisance effects, to facilitate vehicle access on the site, and to ensure an acceptable site appearance

is maintained. The proper closure of a landfill site requires the application of a final cover which is

aesthetically pleasing, controls infiltration, and is suitable for the end use planned for the site.

The reason for condition 33.2 is to minimize the potential for clogging of the drainage layer and to minimize

temperature effects on the leachate collection system. Failure to maintain the specified minimum thickness of

waste and cover material may result in a decrease in the service life of the drainage layer.

The reason for condition 33.3 is to avoid disturbance to the sensitive silty clay layer beneath the Site and

damage to engineered facilities at the Site. Failure to take precautions during construction and operation may

result in a hazard or nuisance to the natural environment or any person.

The reason for condition 33.4 is to minimize the potential for clogging of leachate collection pipes and to

ensure effective operation of the leachate collection system components for as long as they are required.

Regular cleaning of these components on a regular basis may result in a decrease in their service lives.

Regular cleaning of the leachate collection pipes is especially important during stages of landfilling when the

level of both organic and inorganic constituents in the leachate is high and, consequently, the potential for

clogging due to encrustation is greatest. As the landfill reaches the more stable methane producing stage, pipe

cleaning may be required less frequently.

The reason for condition 35.1 is to designate the alternative cover materials which are approved for

permanent usage at the Site.

The reasons for conditions 35.2 through 35.14 are to ensure that the alternative daily and intermediate cover

materials perform in an effective and environmentally friendly manner and in accordance with the application

and supporting documentation submitted by the Owner, and not in a manner which the Director has not been

asked to consider.

The reason for the conditions in section 36.0 is to ensure that an approved facility is available for long-term

Page 97: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 59 - NUMBER A420018

treatment of leachate generated at this Site.

The reasons for the conditions in sections 43.0 and 50.0 are to ensure the Ministry is notified of the cessation

or closure of the Waste Transfer and Processing Station and Composting Facility and to ensure the facilities

are closed in accordance with an application and supporting documentation submitted by the Owner, and not

in a manner which the Director has not been asked to consider.

The reasons for the conditions in section 47.0 are to demonstrate that the composting operation is performing

as designed and the finished compost will not present a safety or health hazard to the public or negatively

impact the environment.

The reason for the conditions in section 48.0 is to ensure that the SRM handling, composting and disposal are

done in a manner which does not result in an adverse effect or a hazard to the health and safety of the

environment or any person.

The reason for the conditions in sections 49.0 and 55.0 is to ensure that the Owner follows a plan with an

organized set of procedures for identifying and responding to unexpected but possible problems at the Site. A

remedial action/contingency plan is necessary to ensure protection of the natural environment. A leachate

contingency plan is a specific requirement of Reg. 232.

The reasons for the conditions in section 51.0 and 52.0 are to ensure that detailed records of Site inspections

are recorded and maintained for inspection and information purposes and to provide for the proper assessment

of effectiveness and efficiency of site design and operation, their effect or relationship to any nuisance or

environmental impacts, and the occurrence of any public complaints or concerns. Record keeping is necessary

to determine compliance with this ECA, the EPA and its regulations.

The reason for the conditions in section 53.0 is to ensure that the Owner is prepared and properly equipped to

take action in the event of an emergency.

The reason for the condition 54.1 is to demonstrate that the landfill site is performing as designed and the

impacts on the natural environment are acceptable. Regular monitoring allows for the analysis of trends over

time and ensures that there is an early warning of potential problems so that any necessary

remedial/contingency action can be taken.

The reason for conditions 54.3 through 54.6 is to ensure protection of the natural environment and the

integrity of the groundwater monitoring network.

The reason for the conditions in section 56.0 is to ensure a forum is in place for the exchange of information

and public dialogue on activities carried out at the landfill Site. Open communication with the public and local

authorities is important in helping to maintain high standards for Site operation and environmental

protection.

The reason for the conditions in section 57.0 is to ensure that final closure of the Site is completed in an

aesthetically pleasing manner and to ensure the long-term protection of the natural environment.

Page 98: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 60 - NUMBER A420018

The reason for the conditions in section 58.0 is to ensure that regular review of site development, operations

and monitoring data is documented and any possible improvements to site design, operations or monitoring

programs are identified. An annual report is an important tool used in reviewing site activities and for

determining the effectiveness of site design.

Upon issuance of the environmental compliance approval, I hereby revoke Approval No(s). A420018

issued on November 4, 1999 including any and all notices of amendment issued.

In accordance with Section 139 of the Environmental Protection Act, you may by written Notice served upon

me, the Environmental Review Tribunal and in accordance with Section 47 of the Environmental Bill of

Rights, 1993, S.O. 1993, c. 28 (Environmental Bill of Rights), the Environmental Commissioner, within 15

days after receipt of this Notice, require a hearing by the Tribunal. The Environmental Commissioner will

place notice of your appeal on the Environmental Registry. Section 142 of the Environmental Protection Act

provides that the Notice requiring the hearing shall state:

1. The portions of the environmental compliance approval or each term or condition in the environmental compliance approval in respect of which the hearing is required, and;

2. The grounds on which you intend to rely at the hearing in relation to each portion appealed.

Pursuant to subsection 139(3) of the Environmental Protection Act, a hearing may not be required with respect

to any terms and conditions in this environmental compliance approval, if the terms and conditions are

substantially the same as those contained in an approval that is amended or revoked by this environmental

compliance approval.

The Notice should also include:

3. The name of the appellant;4. The address of the appellant;5. The environmental compliance approval number;6. The date of the environmental compliance approval;7. The name of the Director, and;8. The municipality or municipalities within which the project is to be engaged in.

And the Notice should be signed and dated by the appellant.

This Notice must be served upon:

The Secretary*

Environmental Review Tribunal655 Bay Street, Suite 1500Toronto, OntarioM5G 1E5

AND

The Environmental Commissioner1075 Bay Street, Suite 605Toronto, OntarioM5S 2B1

AND

The Director appointed for the purposes of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection ActMinistry of the Environment2 St. Clair Avenue West, Floor 12AToronto, OntarioM4V 1L5

* Further information on the Environmental Review Tribunal’s requirements for an appeal can be obtained directly from the

Tribunal at: Tel: (416) 212-6349, Fax: (416) 314-4506 or www.ert.gov.on.ca

Page 99: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 61 - NUMBER A420018

This instrument is subject to Section 38 of the Environmental Bill of Rights, 1993, that allows residents of Ontario to

seek leave to appeal the decision on this instrument. Residents of Ontario may seek leave to appeal within 15 days from

the date this decision is placed on the Environmental Registry. By accessing the Environmental Registry at

www.ebr.gov.on.ca, you can determine when the leave to appeal period ends.

The above noted activity is approved under s.20.3 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act.

DATED AT TORONTO this 14th day of December, 2012

Tesfaye Gebrezghi, P.Eng.Directorappointed for the purposes of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act

DL/c: District Manager, MOE Cornwall

Brian R. King, Laflèche Environmental Inc.

Page 100: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Ministry of the EnvironmentMinistère de l’Environnement

AMENDMENT TO ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE APPROVALNUMBER A420018

Notice No. 1Issue Date: July 31, 2014

Lafleche Environmental Inc.17125 Lafleche RdNorth Stormont, OntarioK0C 1W0

Site Location: Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility17125 Laflèche RdNorth Stormont Township, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and GlengarryK0C 1W0

You are hereby notified that I have amended Approval No. A420018 issued on December 14, 2012 forA waste disposal sitethat includes a 66 hectare landfilling site, Composting Facility and Waste Transfer and Processing Station all located withina total site area of 189 hectares., as follows:

The definition of "Major Works" is revoked and replaced as follows:

(xii) "Major Works" means all aspects of the leachate, groundwater, gas management and recirculation (or liquid additionto improve biodegradation) systems for the Site.

Condition 23.2 is revoked and replaced with the following:

23.2 The final detailed design shall be prepared to reflect the conceptual design of the Site, as presented in the SupportingDocumentation attached to this ECA. Any design optimization or modification shall be clearly identified, along with anexplanation of the reasons for the change. The plans and specifications pertaining to the final detailed design and operationsof the landfill shall include the following:

(i) Design drawings and specifications;(ii) A detailed quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) program for construction of the Major Works, includingnecessary precautions to avoid disturbance to the underlying soft sensitive grey silty clay deposit; and(iii) Details on the monitoring, maintenance, repair and replacement of the engineered components of the leachatemanagement system, gas management system and leachate recirculation (or liquid addition) system.

Subtitle 24.0 is revoked and replaced with the following and condition 24.2 added.

24.0 Final Detailed Design and Operations-Major Works

24.2 One (1) year before start of construction of the leachate recirculation system (or liquid addition to improvebiodegradation) the Owner shall submit to the Director for approval a Design and Operations Plan for the leachaterecirculation system including the following details as a minimum:

(i) Any changes to the existing method of landfilling/operations to accommodate and achieve the maximumbenefit of recirculation:

- optimum density and type of daily cover for uniform moisture distribution;- steps taken in landfilling to ensure uniform distribution of leachate throughout the waste massand to avoid channelling and ponding of liquids; and- waste preprocessing, etc.;

(ii) Management needs for increased volumes of landfill gas (collection system);

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 101: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

(iii) Procedures to accommodate increased Operations and Maintenance requirements;(iv) Facilities for increase in leachate management requirements;(v) Additional need for moisture for operational purposes;(vi) How did you address the potential for increased odours, increase in explosion risk, physical instability ofthe landfill due to increased moisture and density, instability of liner systems due to increased weight from theincreased density of the waste material?(vii) Consideration to avoid surface seeps, landfill fires (hot spot detection or carbon monoxide monitoring);(viii) Method of leachate distribution;(ix) Factors considered in choosing leachate distribution system such as compatibility with current operationsand material, withstand increased settlement, odour etc.;(x) Moisture requirements depend on the site, geographical conditions, age of the waste mass. Flexibility ofyour system to adopt to changing needs of the recirculation rate;(xi) Hydraulic capacity of the leachate recirculation system;(xii) Field capacity of existing waste and the target field capacity of the system. Target field capacity shouldconsider the stability of the landfill;(xiii) Techniques to measure hydrostatic head on liner system and use of appropriate sensors;(xiv) Data used for specific waste types and properties, that is used for slope stability analyses;(xv) Assessment of geotechnical considerations due to changes in density, settlements, static and pseudostaticforces of waste mass throughout landfill life.;(xvi) Precautions to prevent damage to existing structures (landfill gas collection system and other wastemanagement facilities) due to consolidation and differential settlement;(xvii) Methods of monitoring effectiveness of distribution system in terms of liquid delivery to the appropriatelocation as well as uniform liquid delivery;(xviii) An assessment of design life of leachate collection system and compliance with the regulation 232requirements;(xix) Monitoring plan for the leachate recirculation (or liquid addition) system for status of waste stabilization,progress, trouble shooting (instability of landfill mass, seepages, ponding, leachate head on liners) and/orprocess optimization; and(xx) Optimization of landfill gas collection system (i.e. avoid flooding of gas collection system).

38.0 Landfill Gas Collection

Condition 38.3 is renumbered as follows:38.3 (i) Stage 1 of the landfill gas collection system shall be operated in accordance with Items 106 through 108 inSchedule “A”.

Condition 38.3 (ii) is hereby added to the ECA.38.3 (ii) Stage 2 of the landfill gas collection system is hereby approved except leachate recirculation components and shallbe constructed accordingly.

(iii) Stage 2 of the landfill gas collection system shall be operated in accordance with Items 123 through 126 inSchedule “A”.

38.4 and 38.5 are hereby revoked and replaced with the following:

38.4 Prior to operating the Stage 2 landfill gas collection system, the Owner shall notify the District Manager in writing thedate the system is commissioned.

38.5 Within ninety (90) days of commissioning the Stage 2 landfill gas collection system, the Owner shall submit to theDistrict Manager a construction report detailing the construction activities and the detailed as-built drawings.

Following items are added to the Schedule "A"

123. Environmental Compliance Approval Application dated January 21, 2014 and signed by Brian R. King, President,Lafleche Environmental Inc., including the attached supporting documentation.

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 102: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

124. Report entitled "Landfill Gas Management Stage 2 Design Report, Laflèche Environmental Inc. Eastern Ontario WasteHandling Facility" dated January 29, 2014, prepared by Comcor Environmental Limited.

125. Detailed design drawing package entitled "2014 Stage 2, Phase 1, Landfill Gas Collection System Expansion" forEastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility" dated June 2, 2014 prepared by Comcor Environmental Limited, and includes thefollowing:

i. Drawing No. G101 - Pre-construction Site Conditions;ii. Drawing No. G102 - Proposed Wellfield System Layout;iii. Drawing No. G111 - Plan & Profile - West Header 2A, Sta. 0+603.55 to 1+220.71;iv. Drawing No. G112 - Plans & Profile - Sub-Header 2A Sta. 0+000 to 1+150.00;v. Drawing No. G121 - Plans & Profiles - 200ø Laterals 2-1 & 2-2;vi. Drawing No. G161 - Sections;vii. Drawing No. G162 - Trench and System Details;viii. Drawing No. G163 - System Details; andix. Drawing No. G164 - Pumped Drain Trap Details.

126. Detailed design drawing package entitled "2014 Stage 2 Landfill Gas Collection System Expansion for Eastern OntarioWaste Handling Facility" dated January 20, 2014 prepared by Comcor Environmental Limited, and includes the following:

i. Drawing No. G101 Pre-construction Site Conditions;ii. Drawing No. G102 Proposed Wellfield Collection System;iii. Drawing No. G111 Plan & Profile -West Header 2A Sta 0+603.55 to 1+187.67;iv. Drawing No. G112 Plan & Profile - East Header 2A Sta 0+ 000 to 0+348.24;v. Drawing No. G113 Plan & Profile - Sub-Header 2A Sta 0+000 to 0+562.74;vi. Drawing No. G114 Plan & Profile - Sub-Header 2A Sta 0+562.74 to 0+785.67;vii. Drawing No. G121 Plans & Profiles - 200ø Laterals 2-1 & 2-2;viii. Drawing No. G122 Plans & Profiles - 200ø Laterals 2-3 & 2-4;ix. Drawing No. G123 Plans & Profiles - 200ø Laterals 2-5 & 2-6;x. Drawing No. G124 Plans & Profiles - 200ø Laterals 2-7 & 2-8;xi. Drawing No. G161 Sections;xii. Drawing No. G162 Trench & System Details;xiii. Drawing No. G163 System Details;xiv. Drawing No. G164 Pumped Drain Trap Details; andxv. Drawing No. G165 Dual Purpose Well Details.

The reasons for this amendment to the Approval are as follows:

1. The definition of "Major Works, condition 23.2 and Subtitle 24.0 are revised to recognize leachate recirculation or liquidaddition as Major Works.

2. Condition 24.2 is included to require the Owner to submit a Design and Operations Report for leachate recirculationand/or liquid addition in the Site.

3. The reason for Section 38.0 is to ensure Stage 2, Phase 1 of landfill gas designed, operated, monitored and maintained inaccordance with the application and supporting documentation submitted by the Owner, and not in a manner which theDirector has not been asked to consider.

This Notice shall constitute part of the approval issued under Approval No. A420018 dated December 14, 2012

In accordance with Section 139 of the Environmental Protection Act, you may by written Notice served upon me, theEnvironmental Review Tribunal and in accordance with Section 47 of the Environmental Bill of Rights, 1993, S.O. 1993,c. 28 (Environmental Bill of Rights), the Environmental Commissioner, within 15 days after receipt of this Notice, requirea hearing by the Tribunal. The Environmental Commissioner will place notice of your appeal on the EnvironmentalRegistry. Section 142 of the Environmental Protection Act provides that the Notice requiring the hearing shall state:

1. The portions of the environmental compliance approval or each term or condition in the environmental compliance approval in respect of

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 103: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

which the hearing is required, and;2. The grounds on which you intend to rely at the hearing in relation to each portion appealed.

Pursuant to subsection 139(3) of the Environmental Protection Act, a hearing may not be required with respect to anyterms and conditions in this environmental compliance approval, if the terms and conditions are substantially the same asthose contained in an approval that is amended or revoked by this environmental compliance approval.

The Notice should also include:

3. The name of the appellant;4. The address of the appellant;5. The environmental compliance approval number;6. The date of the environmental compliance approval;7. The name of the Director, and;8. The municipality or municipalities within which the project is to be engaged in.

And the Notice should be signed and dated by the appellant.

This Notice must be served upon:

The Secretary*Environmental Review Tribunal655 Bay Street, Suite 1500Toronto, OntarioM5G 1E5

AND

The Environmental Commissioner1075 Bay Street, Suite 605Toronto, OntarioM5S 2B1

AND

The Director appointed for the purposes of Part II.1 ofthe Environmental Protection ActMinistry of the Environment2 St. Clair Avenue West, Floor 12AToronto, OntarioM4V 1L5

* Further information on the Environmental Review Tribunal’s requirements for an appeal can be obtained directly from the Tribunal at:Tel: (416) 212-6349, Fax: (416) 314-3717 or www.ert.gov.on.ca

This instrument is subject to Section 38 of the Environmental Bill of Rights, 1993, that allows residents of Ontario to seek leave to appeal thedecision on this instrument. Residents of Ontario may seek leave to appeal within 15 days from the date this decision is placed on theEnvironmental Registry. By accessing the Environmental Registry at www.ebr.gov.on.ca, you can determine when the leave to appeal period ends.

The above noted activity is approved under s.20.3 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act.

DATED AT TORONTO this 31st day of July, 2014Tesfaye Gebrezghi, P.Eng.Directorappointed for the purposes of Part II.1 of theEnvironmental Protection Act

RM/c: Area Manager, MOE Cornwallc: District Manager, MOE OttawaShannan McGarr, Comcor Environmental Limited

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 104: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Ministry of the Environment and Climate ChangeMinistère de l’Environnement et de l’Action en matière de

changement climatique

AMENDMENT TO ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE APPROVALNUMBER A420018

Notice No. 2Issue Date: January 16, 2015

Lafleche Environmental Inc.17125 Lafleche RdNorth Stormont, OntarioK0C 1W0

Site Location: Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility17125 Laflèche RdNorth Stormont Township, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and GlengarryK0C 1W0

You are hereby notified that I have amended Approval No. A420018 issued on December 14, 2012 forA waste disposal sitethat includes a 66 hectare landfilling site, Composting Facility and Waste Transfer and Processing Station all located withina total site area of 189 hectares, as follows:

I. Conditions 10.1 and 10.2 are hereby amended as follows:

10.1 Within twenty (20) days of issuance of this notice the Owner shall submit to the Director, Financial Assurance, asdefined in Section 131 of the EPA, for the amount of $12,568,411.00 and provide incremental payments in accordancewith Schedule "H" of this ECA. This Financial Assurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Director and shall provide anamount that is sufficient to pay for compliance with and performance of any action specified in this ECA, including theclosure and post-closure care of the Site and contingency plans for the Landfill as required in Reg. 232, Sections 17 and18, as well as the clean up and decommissioning of the composting and waste transfer facilities at the Site.

10.2 A written report reviewing the financial assurance required by this ECA shall be submitted to the Director by January31, 2018, and at intervals of not more than three (3) years thereafter.The report shall include the following:

(i) updates of the discount, interest and inflation rates and cost items associated with the requirements for financialassurance in this ECA including justifications and sources of the proposed rates; and

(ii) a report prepared by a qualified professional engineer which updates the cost estimates on which the amountsassociated with the requirements for financial assurance in this ECA are based. The report shall take into consideration the:

actual amounts of waste landfilled;a.projected rate of fill;b.progressive capping of completed fill areas;c.leachate generation rates;d.landfill gas generation rates;e.contaminating life span of the Site with respect to groundwater, surface water and landfillgas;

f.

any measures that have been carried out or need to be carried out to prevent and ameliorateany adverse effect that relates to the site; and

g.

annual inspection, maintenance, and monitoring costs, including costs for leachate treatmentand disposal and landfill gas use or discharge.

h.

II. The following condition is hereby added to this ECA:

10.7 No waste shall be accepted and processed at the Waste Transfer and Processing Station unless sufficient financialassurance is submitted to the Ministry. The financial assurance shall be calculated based on the costs for loading, hauling

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 105: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

and disposal of the maximum amount of waste that is allowed to be stored at the Waste Transfer and Processing Station,plus site clean-up, project management and contingency costs.

10.8 Commencing on January 31, 2016, the Owner shall prepare and maintain at the Site an updated re-evaluation of theamount of Financial Assurance required to implement the actions required under Condition 10.1 for each of the interveningyears in which a re-evaluation is not required to be submitted to the Director under Condition 10.2. The re-evaluation shallbe made available to the Ministry, upon request.

III. Schedule "H" of this ECA is hereby amended as follows:

This Schedule "H" forms part of this Environmental Compliance Approval No. A420018.

FINANCIAL ASSURANCE AS PER CONDITION 10.1

Submission Date Total Financial Assurance RequiredBy January 31, 2016 $13,893,883.00By January 31, 2017 $15,219,355.00By January 31, 2018 $16,544,827.00

IV. The following items are hereby added to Schedule "A" of this ECA:

127. Report entitled "Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility Financial Assurance Plan 2014" dated August 29, 2014prepared by Lafleche, and the accompanying excel spreadsheet titled "Table 3 -2014" for the financial assurancecalculation.

128. Letter dated September 2, 2014 addressed to Rick Li, Ministry of the Environment from Brian King, Laflecheproviding a response to the ministry's review comments on the Financial Assurance Plan 2014.

The reasons for this amendment to the Approval is to update the financial assurance for the Site. The financial assurance isrequired to ensure that sufficient funds are available to the Ministry to close the Landfill, and to carry out all expected post-closure care activities and any contingencies. Failure to include requirements for financial assurance would not be in thepublic interest and may result in a hazard or nuisance to the natural environment or any person.

This Notice shall constitute part of the approval issued under Approval No. A420018 dated December 14, 2012

In accordance with Section 139 of the Environmental Protection Act, you may by written Notice served upon me and theEnvironmental Review Tribunal within 15 days after receipt of this Notice, require a hearing by the Tribunal. Section 142of the Environmental Protection Act provides that the Notice requiring the hearing shall state:

1. The portions of the environmental compliance approval or each term or condition in the environmental compliance approval in respect ofwhich the hearing is required, and;2. The grounds on which you intend to rely at the hearing in relation to each portion appealed.

Pursuant to subsection 139(3) of the Environmental Protection Act, a hearing may not be required with respect to anyterms and conditions in this environmental compliance approval, if the terms and conditions are substantially the same asthose contained in an approval that is amended or revoked by this environmental compliance approval.

The Notice should also include:

3. The name of the appellant;4. The address of the appellant;5. The environmental compliance approval number;6. The date of the environmental compliance approval;

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 106: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

7. The name of the Director, and;8. The municipality or municipalities within which the project is to be engaged in.

And the Notice should be signed and dated by the appellant.

This Notice must be served upon:

The Secretary*Environmental Review Tribunal655 Bay Street, Suite 1500Toronto, OntarioM5G 1E5

AND

The Director appointed for the purposes of Part II.1 ofthe Environmental Protection ActMinistry of the Environment and Climate Change2 St. Clair Avenue West, Floor 12AToronto, OntarioM4V 1L5

* Further information on the Environmental Review Tribunal’s requirements for an appeal can be obtained directly from the Tribunal at:Tel: (416) 212-6349, Fax: (416) 314-3717 or www.ert.gov.on.ca

The above noted activity is approved under s.20.3 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act.

DATED AT TORONTO this 16th day of January, 2015Dale Gable, P.Eng.Directorappointed for the purposes of Part II.1 of theEnvironmental Protection Act

RL/c: Area Manager, MOECC Cornwallc: District Manager, MOECC OttawaBrian R. King, Lafleche Environmental Inc.

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 107: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions
Page 108: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions
Page 109: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions
Page 110: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 1 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Ministry of the Environment and Climate ChangeMinistère de l’Environnement et de l’Action en

matière de changement climatique

AMENDED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE APPROVALNUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Issue Date: August 29, 2017

Lafleche Environmental Inc.

17125 Lafleche Rd

North Stormont, Ontario

K0C 1W0

Site Location: Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility

17125 Laflèche Rd

Township of North Stormont, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry

K0C 1W0

You have applied under section 20.2 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. E. 19

(Environmental Protection Act) for approval of:

the establishment of sewage works for the collection, transmission, treatment and disposal of

landfill leachate and stormwater to service the Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility located at

17125 Lafleche Road, North Stormont Township, consisting of the following:

LEACHATE TREATMENT FACILITY

PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON MARCH 16, 2015 UNDER ECA No. 4299-9U8PV6:

Upgrading the existing Leachate Treatment Facility with a Rated Capacity of 833 m3

/day

(200,000 m3

/year) for treatment of leachate which has been pretreated in the South Aeration

Ponds, consisting of the following works:

Suspended Media BioReactors (SMBR)

Three (3) Suspended Media BioReactors (SMBR) units operating in series providing a total

treatment design capacity of 833 m3

/day consisting of:

One (1) Suspended Media BioReactor (SMBR-A) unit with approximate dimensions of 11.25 m �

long x 5.18 m wide x 3.6 m side water depth, and a working volume of 198 m3

, equipped with

Page 111: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 2 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

cylinder-shaped HDPE biofilm carriers providing a total surface area of approximately 74,250

m2

, sieve to retain the biofilm carriers in the tank, and coarse bubble aeration system,

discharging to SMBR-B described below;

One (1) Suspended Media BioReactor (SMBR-B) unit with approximate dimensions of 11.25 m �

long x 5.18 m wide x 3.6 m side water depth, and a working volume of 198 m3

, equipped with

cylinder-shaped HDPE biofilm carriers providing a total surface area of approximately 74,250

m2

, sieve to retain the biofilm carriers in the tank, and coarse bubble aeration system,

discharging to SMBR-C described below;

One (1) Suspended Media BioReactor (SMBR-C) unit with approximate dimensions of 11.25 m �

long x 5.18 m wide x 3.6 m side water depth, and a working volume of 198 m3

, equipped with

cylinder-shaped HDPE biofilm carriers providing a total surface area of approximately 74,250

m2

, sieve to retain the biofilm carriers in the tank, and coarse bubble aeration system,

discharging to a coagulation tank described below;

Four (4) 30 HP air blowers (three duty, one standby) providing air to the coarse bubble aeration �

system in each of SMBRs described above;

Coagulation Tank

One (1) Coagulation Tank with approximate dimensions of 0.92 m wide x 5.18 m long x 1.41m �

side water depth, providing a storage volume of approximately 6.7 m3

, equipped with two (2)

0.75 HP mechanical mixers, discharging to a dissolved air floatation system described below;

Dissolved Air Floatation (DAF) System

One (1) Dissolved Air Floatation (DAF) system with approximate dimensions of 2.7 m wide x �

4.6 m long x 2.0 m side water depth, providing a total of 7.0 m2

operating surface area and

maximum flow rate of 1000 m3

/day, equipped with two (2) 1.5 HP recirculation pumps ( one

duty, one standby) and one (1) 9.5 L/sec capacity sludge transfer pump, discharging effluent to

an existing effluent storage tank and discharging sludge to a sludge storage tank described

below;

Sludge Storage Tank

One (1) Sludge Storage Tank with approximate dimensions of 6.0 m wide x 5.2 m long x 4.0 m �

side water depth, and a total storage volume of 94.0 m3

equipped with one (1) 5 HP air blower,

discharging supernatant to an existing influent transfer tank described below;

Tertiary Effluent Filtration System

A second skid mounted tertiary effluent filtration system to provide filtration to effluent from the

Dissolved Air Floatation System (DAF) described above, consisting of the following:

Page 112: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 3 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

one (1) 432.5 m3

/day rated capacity membrane microfiltration system (Pall Microza MF model) �

consisting of twenty (20) microfiltration modules providing a total of 1,000 m2

of membrane

filtration area, equipped with one (1) 6.3 L/sec @ 36.6 m TDH rated capacity influent feed

pump, one (1) 6.3 L/sec @ 36.6 m TDH rated capacity reverse filtration (backwash) pump

discharging filter backwash to the Influent Transfer Tank described below, automatic air

scouring system used during reverse filtration, integrated on-line membrane cleaning system

consisting of Enhanced Flux Maintenance (EFM) system and an existing chemical

Clean-in-Place (CIP) system, discharging final effluent to an existing effluent transfer line

which feeds the effluent holding ponds described below;

including all controls and associated appurtenances.�

All in accordance with the documents listed in Schedule 'A'.

PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON APRIL 14, 2011 UNDER ECA No. 5759-8FGS44:

Approval for permanent use of ultrasonic transducers (EZ-Algae AL50 model), which were

previously approved for pilot testing purposes at this site, to control algae growth mainly in the

North Leachate Holding Pond and, as required from time to time, in other ponds located at the

site, consisting of the following:

four (4) ultrasonic transducers (EZ-Algae AL50 model) designed to operate between 25 W to 40 �

W in the 25 kHZ to 40 kHZ range each providing an effective treatment radius of 150 m, to be

located in each corner of a leachate holding pond positioned at least 20 cm below the pond

surface,

including all controls and associated appurtenances.�

All in accordance with the documents listed in Schedule 'A'.

PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON MARCH 9, 2010 UNDER ECA No. 3658-7YXSN6:

Tertiary Effluent Filtration System

A tertiary effluent filtration system to provide filtration to effluent from Dissolved Air Floatation

System (DAF) described above, consisting of the following:

one (1) 432.5 m3

/day rated capacity bag filter (Filter Solutions FS450 model) using 5 �

micrometer to 50 micrometer filter bags, designed to operate in series or in parallel with the

Microza MF membrane filtration system described below to permit operation using the FS450

filter during periods of time when the membrane filtration system is temporarily out of service,

discharging to the membrane microfiltration system described below;

Page 113: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 4 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

one (1) 432.5 m3

/day rated capacity membrane microfiltration system (Pall Microza MF model) �

consisting of twenty (20) microfiltration modules providing a total of 1,000 m2

of membrane

filtration area, equipped with one (1) 6.3 L/sec @ 36.6 m TDH rated capacity influent feed

pump, one (1) 6.3 L/sec @ 36.6 m TDH rated capacity reverse filtration (backwash) pump

discharging filter backwash to the Primary Settling Tank (PST), automatic air scouring system

used during reverse filtration, integrated on-line membrane cleaning system consisting of

Enhanced Flux Maintenance (EFM) system and chemical Clean-in-Place (CIP) system,

discharging final effluent to an existing effluent transfer line which feeds the effluent holding

ponds described below;

including all controls and associated appurtenances.�

All in accordance with the documents listed in Schedule 'A'.

PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON MAY 4, 2009:

South Leachate Aeration Ponds

one (1) leachate aeration pond (South Leachate Aeration Pond), located at the south side of �

the site, with a leachate storage capacity of 16,500 m3

and dimensions of 121 m long x 57 m

wide x 3.5 m deep, having internal side slopes of 3H:1V and external side slopes of 3H:1V,

receiving raw leachate from existing landfill leachate collection system, equipped with

unidirectional floating aerators described below, discharging through an interconnecting 150

mm diameter pipe to a leachate aeration pond described below;

fifteen (15) unidirectional floating aerators installed approximately 15.0 m apart along both �

edges of the aeration pond, each aerator equipped with 24 hp 240 cfm capacity submersible air

jet pump mounted on a floating structure anchored to an anchoring post located on the sides of

the pond with air intake pipe located on top of the float and air discharge outlet submerged

approximately 3.0 m below water surface;

one (1) leachate aeration pond (South East Leachate Aeration Pond), located at the south side �

of the site, with a leachate storage capacity of 10,500 m3

and dimensions of 90 m long x 52 m

wide x 3.5 m deep, having internal side slopes of 3H:1V and external side slopes of 3H:1V,

equipped with unidirectional floating aerators described below, discharging treated leachate to

the Leachate Treatment Facility or North Leachate Holding Pond described below;

ten (10) unidirectional floating aerators installed approximately 15.0 m apart along both edges �

of the aeration pond, each aerator equipped with 24 hp 240 cfm capacity submersible air jet

pump mounted on a floating structure anchored to an anchoring post located on the sides of the

pond with the air intake pipe located on top of the float and air discharge outlet submerged

approximately 3.0 m below water surface;

one (1) chemical addition system to be used for adding alum, polymer, and phosphoric acid to �

the South Pond and South East Pond as required;

Page 114: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 5 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

one (1) odour control chemical misting system (AirStremeTM

) to be used as a back-up in case of �

failure of available regular odour control measures;

including all controls and associated appurtenances.�

All in accordance with the documents listed in Schedule 'A'.

PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON JULY 9, 2007:

Constructing a Leachate Treatment Facility with a Rated Capacity of 833 m3

/day (200,000 m3

/year) for treatment of leachate which has been pretreated in the South Aeration Ponds, consisting

of the following works:

Nutrient Balance and Metals Precipitation

one (1) 18.9 m3

(5000 gal) capacity caustic soda solution storage tank equipped with a dosing �

pump adding caustic soda solution into an influent transfer tank described below to maintain pH

between 9.0 to 11.5 for the precipitation of heavy metals and into each of the Suspended Media

BioReactors (SMBRs) described above;

one (1) 18.9 m3

(5000 gal) capacity alum solution storage tank equipped with a dosing pump �

adding alum solution at the second in-line mixer downstream of the transfer tank described

above to promote flocculation of precipitated metals;

one (1) 1.89 m3

(500 gal) capacity phosphoric acid storage tank equipped with a dosing pump �

adding phosphoric acid solution at the second in-line mixer downstream of the transfer tank

described above in an amount required to maintain the BOD:N:P ratio at 100:5:1;

one (1) 18.9 m3

(5000 gal) capacity sulphuric acid solution storage tank equipped with six (6) �

dosing pumps adding sulphuric acid solution into the influent transfer tank described below;

one (1) 33.9 m3

active storage capacity influent transfer tank, equipped with two (2) 9.64 L/sec �

capacity variable frequency drive (VFD) transfer pumps;

Effluent Storage Tank

one (1) 16.6 m3

active storage capacity effluent storage tank receiving effluent from the �

Dissolved Air Floatation (DAF) unit described above, equipped with two (2) 18.9 L/sec (300

gpm) capacity pumps (one on stand-by), and transferring effluent to a tertiary effluent filtration

system described above;

Page 115: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 6 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Phosphorus Removal

six (6) additional alum feed pumps adding alum from the 18.9 m3

(5000 gal) alum solution �

storage tank described above under the 'Nutrient Balance and Metals Precipitation" section to

the inlet of the Coagulant Tank described above;

Effluent Holding Ponds

two (2) effluent holding ponds, each pond having approximate bottom dimensions of 85.0 m �

long x 33.0 m wide x 3.1 m deep, and 4H:1V side slopes, providing a total storage capacity of

approximately 9,600 m3

, a storage capacity of approximately 6,600 m3

at the regular operating

water level, and a storage capacity of approximately 4,400 m3

when operated in conjunction

with the Auxiliary Wetland Treatment System described below;

an effluent holding ponds outlet structure equipped with two (2) 150 mm diameter HDPE �

discharge pipes, one (1) two-way outlet gate valve, one (1) 50.4 L/sec capacity 60 hp

self-priming centrifugal pump with built-in check valve, one (1) 150 mm diameter outlet ball

valve (normally open) to be used for batch discharge of effluent to Fraser Drain if it meets

effluent limits criteria set by this Approval, and one (1) 150 mm diameter outlet ball valve

(normally closed) to be used for batch discharge of effluent to an auxiliary wetland treatment

system described below or to the North Leachate Holding Pond described above;

Auxiliary Wetland Treatment System

one (1) vegetated surface flow wetland having approximate dimensions of 118.0 m long x 59.0 �

m wide x 0.4 m deep, and 3H:1V side slopes, equipped with 300 mm diameter perforated inlet

distribution pipe, a 40 m long wooden baffle lined with clear stone, 0.3 m thick peat layer

bottom vegetated with aquatic plants, discharging through a 200 mm thick clear stone layer and

a pipe to a non-vegetated surface flow wetland described below;

one (1) non-vegetated surface flow wetland having approximate dimensions of 97.0 m long x �

59.0 m wide x 0.7 m deep, and 4H:1V side slopes, equipped with 300 mm diameter perforated

distribution inlet pipe, a 95 m long wooden baffle lined with clear stone, discharging through a

300 mm diameter pipe to a collection chamber upstream of the effluent holding ponds described

above;

including all controls and associated appurtenances.�

All in accordance with the documents listed in Schedule 'A'.

Page 116: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 7 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON AUGUST 4, 2005, MAY 4, 2006, MAY 19, 2006, AND NOVEMBER 14,

2008:

North Leachate Holding Pond

one (1) pretreated leachate holding pond (North Leachate Holding Pond), located at the north �

side of the site, with a total effective storage capacity of 117,400 m3

(at the high water level of

67.9 m) and overall dimensions of 214 m long x 139 m wide x 5 m deep, having internal side

slopes of 4H:1V and external side slopes of 3H:1V, pond containment berms constructed using

compacted weathered silty clay obtained from on-site excavation, pond bottom consisting of

unweathered native grey silty clay, operating with a freeboard of 0.6 m, receiving through a 250

mm diameter forcemain any excess pretreated leachate from the South Leachate Aeration

Ponds as required when the Leachate Treatment Facility is not available to handle;

one (1) cut-off barrier constructed around the perimeter of the pond by excavating a vertical �

trench approximately 1.2 m wide to a minimum of 0.5 m into the unweathered native grey silty

clay to minimize any seepage of leachate through the weathered native silty clay zone under the

pond's containment berm;

one (1) portable self priming pump to be used on an interim basis to pump leachate from the �

north leachate holding pond back to the south leachate aeration ponds using the same forcemain

that is used to pump leachate from the landfill leachate collection system to the north leachate

holding pond;

one (1) stainless steel 7.5 hp submersible pump to transfer leachate from the north leachate �

holding pond to the leachate treatment facility (SMBR) via a 75 mm diameter HDPE forcemain;

two (2) 450 kg O2/day capacity solar powered surface aerator/mixer (Solar Bee Model �

SB10000v12) designed to maintain Dissolved Oxygen (DO) levels greater than 2.0 mg/L within

the top 0.6 m portion of the 3.0 ha north leachate holding pond to form an odour cap and control

potential odour generation, each equipped with 3 x 80 watt photovoltaic solar modules, one (1)

on-board battery, and one (1) electrical shore power kit to ensure 24 hours per day operation;

one (1) chemical addition system to be used for adding calcium nitrate, hydrogen peroxide, 12 �

%wt sodium hypochlorite, and BiostremeTM

"Micronutrient Formulation" to control odours on

as-needed basis;

one (1) odour control chemical misting system (AirStremeTM

) to be used as a back-up in case of �

failure of available regular odour control measures described above;

including all controls and associated appurtenances.�

All in accordance with the documents listed in Schedule 'A'.

Page 117: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 8 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

STORMWATER MANAGEMENT FACILITY

PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON MAY 25, 2006:

Establishment of stormwater management facility to service a total drainage area of 37.94 ha

consisting of parts of Stage I and Stage II development of the landfill site, consisting of the

following:

Stormwater Management Pond - SWM Pond #1:

a clay lined stormwater management facility (SWM Pond #1) to service a total drainage area of

10.78 ha consisting of southwestern quadrant of Stage I of the landfill site and the southwestern

utility area, designed to provide quantity and quality control by attenuating peak stormwater flows

from storm events up to 1:5 year return frequency at or below predevelopment levels, consisting of

the following:

one (1) 590 m long perimeter ditch along the toe of the landfill having 1 m bottom width and �

2.5H:1V side slopes and 0.4 m to 0.7 m depth discharging collected stormwater to the forebay

described below;

one (1) forebay with approximate dimensions of 102 m long, 11.5 m wide bottom and 4H:1V �

and 3H:1V side slopes, equipped with a 900 mm diameter inlet pipe, and a rip-rap structure,

discharging to an extended detention wet pond described below;

one (1) extended detention wet pond with approximate dimensions of 186 m long bottom, 11.5 �

m wide bottom and 4H:1V and 3H:1V side slopes, providing a total storage capacity of 11,161

m3

consisting of a permanent pool storage volume of 4,252 m3

with an average depth of 1.0 m,

and an extended storage volume of 6,909 m3

with an extended storage depth of 1.05 m,

equipped with an outlet structure described below;

an outlet structure consisting of one (1) 300 mm diameter Hickenbottom riser enclosed in 2.5 m �

diameter perforated manhole discharging through a 300 mm diameter 7.5 m long pipe and a 375

mm diameter 338 m long drain pipe to a perimeter channel described below;

one (1) overflow structure consisting of ditch inlet catch basin equipped with a horizontal 1200 �

mm x 650 mm grate set at an elevation of 67.0 m discharging to SWM Pond #2 described

below; and

including all controls and appurtenances.�

Page 118: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 9 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Stormwater Management Pond - SWM Pond #2:

a clay lined stormwater management facility (SWM Pond #2) to service a total drainage area of

15.74 ha consisting of northwestern quadrant of Stage I of the landfill site and southwestern

quadrant of Stage II of the landfill site, designed to provide quantity and quality control by

attenuating peak stormwater flows from storm events up to 1:5 year return frequency at or below

predevelopment levels, consisting of the following:

two (2) 590 m long perimeter ditches along the toe of the landfill having 1 m bottom width and �

2.5H:1V side slopes and 0.4 m to 0.7 m depth discharging collected stormwater to the forebay

described below;

one (1) forebay with approximate dimensions of 102 m long, 2.8 m wide bottom and 4H:1V and �

1H:1V side slopes, equipped with a 1200 mm diameter inlet pipe, and a rip-rap structure,

discharging to an extended detention wet pond described below;

one (1) extended detention wet pond with approximate dimensions of 192 m long bottom, 2.8 m �

wide bottom and 4H:1V and 1H:1V side slopes, providing a total storage capacity of 6,527 m3

consisting of a permanent pool storage volume of 1,457 m3

with a average depth of 1.0 m, and

an extended storage volume of 5,070 m3

with an extended storage depth of 1.05 m, equipped

with an outlet structure described below;

an outlet structure consisting of one (1) 300 mm diameter Hickenbottom riser enclosed in 2.5 m �

diameter perforated manhole discharging through a 300 mm diameter 7.5 m long pipe,

discharging to a perimeter channel described below;

one (1) overflow structure consisting of two (2) ditch inlet catch basins equipped with 1200 mm �

x 650 mm horizontal grates set at an elevation of 67.0 m discharging to a perimeter channel

described below; and

including all controls and appurtenances.�

Stormwater Management Pond - SWM Pond #7:

a clay lined stormwater management facility (SWM Pond #7) to service a total drainage area of

11.42 ha consisting of southeastern quadrant of Stage I of the landfill site and the southeastern

utility area, designed to provide quantity and quality control by attenuating peak stormwater flows

from storm events up to 1:5 year return frequency at or below predevelopment levels, consisting of

the following:

one (1) 590 m long perimeter ditch along the toe of the landfill having 1 m bottom width and �

2.5H:1V side slopes and 0.4 m to 0.7 m depth discharging collected stormwater to the forebay

described below;

Page 119: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 10 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

one (1) forebay with approximate dimensions of 102 m long bottom, 6.5 m wide bottom and �

4H:1V and 3H:1V side slopes, equipped with a 1200 mm diameter inlet pipe, and a rip-rap

structure, discharging to an extended detention wet pond described below;

one (1) extended detention wet pond with approximate dimensions of 204 m long, 6.5 m wide �

bottom and 4H:1V side slopes, providing a total storage capacity of 8,117 m3

consisting of a

permanent pool storage volume of 2,803 m3

with an average depth of 1.0 m, and an extended

storage volume of 5,314 m3

with an extended storage depth of 1.05 m, equipped with an outlet

structure described below;

an outlet structure consisting of one (1) 300 mm diameter Hickenbottom riser enclosed in 2.5 m �

diameter perforated manhole discharging through a 300 mm diameter 7.5 m long pipe,

discharging to a perimeter channel described below;

one (1) overflow structure consisting of a ditch inlet catch basin equipped with a 1200 mm x �

650 mm horizontal grate set an elevation of 67.0 m discharging to a perimeter channel described

below; and

including all controls and appurtenances.�

Perimeter Channel

one (1) perimeter channel which is approximately 4.4 km long, with bottom width that vary �

between 1 m to 3 m and depth that vary between 1.3 m and 3.0 m, receiving discharges from

SWM Ponds #1, #2, #7, and the remaining undeveloped portions of the landfill, providing

quantity control by attenuating peak stormwater run-off flows from storm events up to 1:10 year

return frequency at or below predevelopment levels, equipped with outlet structure consisting of

3048 mm x 2438 mm x 3268 mm deep concrete manhole equipped with 450 mm diameter

concrete stormwater inlet sewer fitted with a gate valve, one (1) 300 mm x 500 mm opening

with an invert elevation of 63.95 m, one (1) 500 mm x 1500 mm opening with an invert

elevation of 64.50, one (1) 500 mm x 1750 mm opening with an invert elevation of 64.50 m,

and one (1) 1500 mm diameter concrete stormwater outlet sewer, discharging to the Fraser

Drain; and

including all controls and associated appurtenances.�

All in accordance with the documents listed in Schedule 'A'.

For the purpose of this environmental compliance approval, the following definitions apply:

"Approval" means this entire document and any schedules attached to it, and the application;

"Annual Average Daily Flow" means the cumulative total sewage flow to the sewage works

during a calendar year divided by the number of days during which sewage was flowing to the

sewage works that year;

Page 120: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 11 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

"BOD5" (also known as TBOD5) means five day biochemical oxygen demand measured in an

unfiltered sample and includes carbonaceous and nitrogenous oxygen demand;

"CBOD5" means five day carbonaceous (nitrification inhibited) biochemical oxygen demand

measured in an unfiltered sample;

"Director" means a person appointed by the Minister pursuant to section 5 of the EPA for the

purposes of Part II.1 of the EPA;

"District Manager" means the District Manager of the Ottawa District Office of the Ministry;

"EPA" means the Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.E.19, as amended;

“Equivalent Equipment" means a substituted equipment or like-for-like equipment that meets the

required quality and performance standards of a named equipment;

"Limited Operational Flexibility” (LOF) means any modifications that the Owner is permitted to

make to the Works under this Approval;

"Ministry" means the ministry of the government of Ontario responsible for the EPA and OWRA

and includes all officials, employees or other persons acting on its behalf;

“Notice of Modifications” means the form entitled “Notice of Modifications to Sewage Works”;

"Owner" means Lafleche Environmental Inc. and its successors and assignees;

"OWRA" means the Ontario Water Resources Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. O.40, as amended;

"Previous Works" means those portions of the sewage works previously constructed and

approved under an Approval;

"Proposed Works" means the sewage works described in the Owner’s application, this Approval,

to the extent approved by this Approval;

"Rated Capacity" means the Annual Average Daily Flow for which the Works are approved to

handle;

“Works” means the sewage works described in the Owner's application, and this Approval, and

includes Proposed Works, Previous Works, and modifications made under Limited Operational

Flexibility.

Page 121: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 12 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

You are hereby notified that this environmental compliance approval is issued to you subject to the terms and

conditions outlined below:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

I. GENERAL

1. GENERAL CONDITION

(1) The Owner shall ensure that any person authorized to carry out work on or operate any

aspect of the Works is notified of this Approval and the conditions herein and shall take

all reasonable measures to ensure any such person complies with the same.

(2) Except as otherwise provided by these conditions, the Owner shall design, build, install,

operate and maintain the Works in accordance with the description given in this

Approval, and the application for approval of the Works.

(3) Where there is a conflict between a provision of any document in the schedule referred to

in this Approval and the conditions of this Approval, the Conditions in this Approval

shall take precedence, and where there is a conflict between the documents in the

schedule, the document bearing the most recent date shall prevail.

(4) Where there is a conflict between the documents listed in the Schedule submitted

documents, and the application, the application shall take precedence unless it is clear

that the purpose of the document was to amend the application.

(5) The Conditions of this Approval are severable. If any Condition of this Approval, or the

application of any requirement of this Approval to any circumstance, is held invalid or

unenforceable, the application of such condition to other circumstances and the remainder

of this Approval shall not be affected thereby.

2. CHANGE OF OWNER

(1) The Owner shall notify the District Manager and the Director, in writing, of any of the

following changes within thirty (30) days of the change occurring:

(a) change of Owner or operating authority, or both;

(b) change of address of Owner or operating authority or address of new owner or

operating authority;

(c) change of partners where the Owner or operating authority is or at any time

becomes a partnership, and a copy of the most recent declaration filed under the

Page 122: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 13 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Partnerships Registration Act;

(d) change of name of the corporation where the Owner or operator is or at any time

becomes a corporation, and a copy of the most current "Initial Notice or Notice of

Change" (Form 1, 2 or 3 of O. Reg. 189, R.R.O. 1980, as amended from time to

time), filed under the Corporations Information Act shall be included in the

notification to the District Manager;

II. LEACHATE COLLECTION, TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL FACILITY

3. EXPIRY OF APPROVAL

(1) The approval issued by this Approval will cease to apply to those parts of the Proposed

Works which have not been constructed within five (5) years of the issuance date of this

Approval.

(2) The approval issued by this Approval will cease to apply to those parts of the Works (

South Leachate Aeration Ponds) approved on May 4, 2009 and which have not been

constructed by May 4, 2014.

(3) The approval issued by this Approval will cease to apply to those parts of the Works (

Leachate Treatment Facility) approved on July 9, 2007 and which have not been

constructed by July 9, 2016.

4. OPERATIONS MANUAL

(1) The Owner shall prepare an operations manual prior to the commencement of operation

of the Works, that includes, but not necessarily limited to, the following information:

(a) operating procedures for routine operation of the works;

(b) inspection programs, including frequency of inspection, for the works and the

methods or tests employed to detect when maintenance is necessary;

(c) repair and maintenance programs, including the frequency of repair and

maintenance for the works;

(d) contingency plans and procedures for dealing with potential spill, bypasses and

any other abnormal situations and for notifying the District Manager; and

(e) complaint procedures for receiving and responding to public complaints.

(2) The Owner shall maintain the operations manual up to date through revisions undertaken

from time to time and retain a copy at the location of the Works. Upon request, the

Owner shall make the manual available for inspection and copying by Ministry personnel.

Page 123: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 14 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

5. DIRECT DISCHARGE OPERATIONS

(1) Prior to any direct effluent discharge from any of the Effluent Holding Ponds to

Fraser Drain, the Owner shall collect samples from the Effluent Holding Pond that will be

discharged and analyse for the parameters outlined in Condition 6(1). With the exception

of CBOD5, the Owner shall compare the monitoring results obtained under this subsection

with the effluent limits for the parameters outlined in Condition 6 (1).

(2) Based on the comparison completed under Condition 5 (1), the Owner shall allow the

discharge of effluent from the Effluent Holding Ponds to Fraser Drain ONLY if all the

parameters listed under Condition 6 (1) with the exception of CBOD5 comply with their

respective effluent limits outlined in Condition 6 (1).

(3) If any of the parameters listed under Condition 6 (1) fail to comply with its respective

effluent limit outlined under Condition 6 (1) based on the comparison completed under

Condition 5 (1), the Owner shall ensure that further treatment is provided as required to the

contents of the Effluent Holding Pond prior to discharge, including using the approved

Auxiliary Wetland Treatment System and Leachate Treatment Facility.

(4) If monitoring results for CBOD5 obtained under Condition 6 (1) after any effluent batch

discharge event fails to comply with its respective effluent limit outlined under Condition

6(1), the Owner shall ensure that potential cause(s) of the non-compliance incident are

identified and proper remedial actions, including using the approved Auxiliary Wetland

Treatment System and Leachate Treatment Facility, are implemented to achieve

compliance with the effluent limit. The Owner shall submit a report to the District Manager

for any CBOD5 non-compliance event as per Condition 16 (2).

(5) The Owner shall control the rate of discharge to the Fraser Drain such that erosion and/or

flooding does not occur in the receiver downstream, up to a maximum flow rate of 50 litres

per second.

6. EFFLUENT LIMITS

(1) The Owner shall design, construct, and operate the Works (Effluent Holding Ponds) such

that the concentrations of the materials named below, with the exception of Dissolved

Oxygen, as effluent parameters are not exceeded in any effluent that will be discharged

directly to the Fraser Drain from the Works. In the case of Dissolved Oxygen, the Owner

shall ensure that the concentration of Dissolved Oxygen is higher than the corresponding

minimum concentration shown under Column 2 of Table 1.

Page 124: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 15 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Table 1 - Effluent Limits

Effluent Parameter Concentration Limit(milligrams per litre unless otherwise

indicated)

Column 1 Column 2

CBOD5

10.0

Total Suspended Solids 10.0

Total Phosphorus 0.3

Total Ammonia Nitrogen (TAN) 1.0

Dissolved Oxygen (Minimum Level) 4.0

Iron 1.0

Copper 0.2

Zinc 0.2

Phenols 0.005

pH of the effluent maintained between 6.0 to 8.5, inclusive, at all times

(2) For the purposes of determining compliance with and enforcing Condition 6 (1)

WHENEVER effluent is batch discharged from any of the Effluent Holding Ponds to

the Fraser Drain:

(a) non-compliance with respect to a Concentration Limit is deemed to have occurred

when any single sample analysed for a parameter, with the exception of Dissolved

Oxygen and CBOD5, named in Column 1 of Condition 6 (1) is greater than the

corresponding maximum concentration set out in Column 2 of Condition 6 (1);

(b) non-compliance with respect to Dissolved Oxygen is deemed to have occurred when

any single measurement is lower than the corresponding minimum concentration level

shown in Column 2 of Table 1 for Dissolved Oxygen.

(c) non-compliance with respect to pH is deemed to have occurred when any single

measurement is outside of the indicated range set out in Table 1 of Condition 6(1).

(d) non-compliance with respect to CBOD5 is deemed to have occurred when laboratory

result for CBOD5 obtained after each effluent batch discharge is greater than the

corresponding concentration set out for CBOD5 in Column 2 of Condition 6 (1).

(3) Notwithstanding Conditions 6 (1), and 6 (2), the Owner shall ensure that the effluent from

the Works collected prior to every fourth planned batch discharge is not acutely lethal,

as measured using Rainbow Trout and Daphnia magna as per Condition 7 (4).

(4) For the purposes of Condition 6 (3), the effluent is considered to be acutely lethal if there is

a mortality of 50 % or more of any of the test organisms in undiluted effluent.

Page 125: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 16 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

7. EFFLUENT MONITORING AND RECORDING

The Owner shall carry out the following effluent monitoring program:

(1) All samples and measurements taken for the purposes of this Approval are to be taken at a

time and in a location characteristic of the quality and quantity of the effluent stream over

the time period being monitored.

(2) Samples shall be collected from the designated sampling location, at the sampling

frequency and the sample type specified, and analysed for each parameter listed in the table

below:

Table 2 - Raw Leachate Monitoring

Location Raw Leachate Inlet to South Aeration Pond

Frequency Monthly

Sample Type Grab

General: Alkalinity, CBOD5, Calcium, Chemical Oxygen Demand

(COD), Chloride, Conductivity, Dissolved Organic Carbon (DOC),

Dissolved Oxygen (DO), Magnesium, Nitrate Nitrogen, Nitrite Nitrogen,

Potassium, pH, Sodium, Sulphate, Temperature, Total Ammonia

Nitrogen, Total Dissolved Solids, Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, Total

Phosphorus, Total Suspended Solids

Metals: Barium, Boron, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Iron, Lead,

Manganese, Mercury, Zinc

Parameters

Organics: Benzene, 1,4-Dichlobenzene, Dichloromethane, Phenols,

Toluene, Vinyl Chloride

(3) During any direct effluent discharge from any of the Effluent Holding Ponds to

Fraser Drain, samples shall be collected from the Effluent Holding Pond that will be

batch discharged from the designated sampling location, at the sampling frequency and the

sample type specified, and analysed for each parameter listed in the table below:

Page 126: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 17 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Table 3 - Effluent Monitoring

Location Effluent Holding Ponds

Frequency During Every Planned Batch Discharge Event

Sample Type Composite - Three (3) equal volume grab samples collected

from the water surface, 1/3 depth, 2/3 depth of the effluent

holding pond.

General: Alkalinity, CBOD5, Calcium, Chemical Oxygen

Demand (COD), Chloride, Conductivity, Dissolved Organic

Carbon (DOC), Magnesium, Nitrate Nitrogen, Nitrite Nitrogen,

Potassium, Sodium, Sulphate, Total Ammonia Nitrogen, Total

Dissolved Solids, Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, Total Phosphorus,

Total Suspended Solids

Metals: Barium, Boron, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper, Iron,

Lead, Manganese, Mercury, Zinc

Parameters

Organics: Benzene, 1,4-Dichlobenzene, Dichloromethane,

Phenol, Toluene, Vinyl Chloride

Sample Type Grab

Parameters Dissolved Oxygen (DO), pH, Temperature

(4) Prior to every fourth planned direct effluent discharge from any of the Effluent

Holding Ponds to Fraser Drain, samples shall be collected from the Effluent Holding

Pond that will be batch discharged from the designated sampling location, at the sampling

frequency and the sample type specified, and analysed for each parameter listed in the table

below:

Table 4 - Effluent Toxicity Monitoring

Location Effluent Holding Pond to be discharged

Frequency Prior to Every Fourth Planned Batch Discharge Event

Sample Type Composite - three (3) equal volume grab samples collected

from the water surface, 1/3 depth, 2/3 depth of the effluent

holding pond.

Parameters Acute Toxicity - Rainbow Trout and Daphnia magna

(5) The methods and protocols for sampling, analysis, toxicity testing, and recording shall

conform, in order of precedence, to the methods and protocols specified in the following:

(a) the Ministry's publication "Protocol for the Sampling and Analysis of

Industrial/Municipal Wastewater" (August 1994), ISBN 0-7778-1880-9, as amended

from time to time by more recently published editions;

(b) the Ministry's publication "Protocol for the Sampling and Analysis of

Page 127: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 18 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Industrial/Municipal Wastewater Version 2.0" (January 2016), PIBS 2724e02, as

amended from time to time by more recently published editions; and

(c) the Environment Canada publications "Biological Test Method: Reference Method for

Determining Acute Lethality of Effluents to Rainbow Trout" (July 1990) and

"Biological Test Method: Reference Method for Determining Acute Lethality of

Effluents to Daphnia magna" (July 1990).

(6) The temperature and pH of the effluent from the Works shall be determined in the field at

the time of sampling for Total Ammonia Nitrogen. The concentration of un-ionized

ammonia shall be calculated using the total ammonia concentration, pH and temperature

using the methodology stipulated in "Ontario's Provincial Water Quality Objectives" dated

July 1994, as amended, for ammonia (un-ionized).

(7) The measurement frequencies specified in subsection (2) in respect of any parameter are

minimum requirements which may, after 12 months of monitoring in accordance with this

Condition, be modified by the District Manager in writing from time to time.

(8) The Owner shall install and maintain a continuous flow measuring device to measure the

flow rate of effluent from the Works (South Aeration Ponds) with an accuracy to within

plus or minus 15 per cent (+/- 15%) of the actual flow rate for the entire design range of the

flow measuring device, and record the flow rate at a daily frequency.

(9) The Owner shall retain for a minimum of three (3) years from the date of their creation, all

records and information related to or resulting from the monitoring activities required by

this Approval.

8. RECEIVER MONITORING AND RECORDING

The Owner shall, upon commencement of operation of the Works, carry out the following

receiver monitoring program:

(1) All samples and measurements taken for the purposes of this Approval are to be taken at a

time and in a location characteristic of the quality of the receiver.

(2) Samples shall be collected from the designated sampling location, at the sampling

frequency and the sample type specified, and analysed for each parameter listed in the table

below:

Page 128: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 19 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Table 5 - Receiver Monitoring

Locations SW-3 (upstream) and SW-2 (downstream), as identified

on the Site Plan of Appendix F of the Application for

Approval of Industrial Sewage Works submitted by

Jean-Marie Lafleche of Lafleche Environmental Inc.

dated July 2, 2002

Frequency During Every Fourth Planned Batch Discharge Event

of the Effluent Holding Ponds

Sample Type Composite

General: Alkalinity, CBOD5, Calcium, Chemical Oxygen

Demand (COD), Chloride, Conductivity, Dissolved

Organic Carbon (DOC), Dissolved Oxygen (DO),

Magnesium, Nitrate Nitrogen, Nitrite Nitrogen,

Potassium, pH, Sodium, Sulphate, Temperature, Total

Ammonia Nitrogen, Total Dissolved Solids, Total

Kjeldahl Nitrogen, Total Phosphorus, Total Suspended

Solids

Metals: Barium, Boron, Cadmium, Chromium, Copper,

Iron, Lead, Manganese, Mercury, Zinc

Parameters

Organics: Benzene, 1,4-Dichlobenzene,

Dichloromethane, Phenols, Toluene, Vinyl Chloride

(3) The methods and protocols for sampling, analysis and recording shall conform to that

outlined in Condition 7 (5).

(4) The temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen of the receiver shall be determined in the field

at the time of sampling for Total Ammonia Nitrogen. The concentration of un-ionized

ammonia shall be calculated using the total ammonia concentration, pH and temperature

using the methodology stipulated in "Ontario's Provincial Water Quality Objectives" dated

July 1994, as amended, for ammonia (un-ionized).

(5) The measurement frequencies specified in subsection (2) in respect of any parameter are

minimum requirements which may, after 12 months of monitoring in accordance with

this Condition, be modified by the District Manager in writing from time to time.

(6) The Owner shall retain for a minimum of three (3) years from the date of their creation,

all records and information related to or resulting from the monitoring activities required

by this Approval.

Page 129: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 20 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

9. GROUNDWATER MONITORING - NORTH LEACHATE HOLDING POND,

AUXILIARY WETLAND TREATMENT SYSTEM and EFFLUENT HOLDING PONDS

(1) The Owner shall establish multilevel groundwater monitoring wells installed in the

weathered silty clay, unweathered silty clay, glacial till, and bedrock around the

perimeter of the north leachate holding pond designated as P1-1, P1-2, P1-3, and P1-4,

as shown in Figure 'A' - Proposed Leachate Holding Pond and Monitoring Well

Locations, dated June 15, 2005. (Drawing File: 05-1120-775-5100-A.dwg).

(2) The Owner shall establish groundwater monitoring wells installed in the upper silty clay

around the perimeter of the auxiliary wetland treatment system and treated effluent

holding ponds designated as TF1-1, TF1-3, and TF1-4, and a multilevel groundwater

monitoring well installed in the weathered silty clay, unweathered silty clay, glacial till

and bedrock designated as TF1-2, as shown in Figure 3 - Site Plan - Lafleche

Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility,Well Locations, dated

December 13, 2006, File No: 061122153-5100-LAYOUT.dwg, prepared by Golder

Associates, Ottawa, Ontario.

(3) The Owner shall collect groundwater samples at the locations outlined in Condition 9

(1) and Condition 9 (2) in May, August and November of each calendar year.

(4) All samples collected in May of each calendar year shall be analysed for the same

parameters as outlined in Table 5 of Condition 8 (2).

(5) All samples collected in August and November of each calendar year shall be analysed

for Alkalinity, Total Ammonia Nitrogen, Barium, Boron, Calcium, Chloride,

Conductivity, Iron, Magnesium, Nitrate, pH, Sodium, Total Dissolved Solids, Sulphate,

5-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand (nitrogen inhibited), Chemical Oxygen Demand

and Dissolved Organic Carbon.

(6) The methods and protocols for sampling, analysis and recording shall conform to that

outlined in Condition 7 (5).

10. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - NORTH LEACHATE HOLDING POND,

AUXILIARY WETLAND TREATMENT SYSTEM and EFFLUENT HOLDING PONDS

(1) The Owner shall exercise due diligence in ensuring that, at all times, the Works and the

related equipment and appurtenances used to achieve compliance with this Approval are

properly operated and maintained. Proper operation and maintenance shall include

effective performance, adequate funding, adequate operator staffing and training.

(2) The Owner shall compare monitoring results obtained under Condition 9 (4) and

Condition 9 (5) with the trigger concentration of the trigger parameters listed in table

below to identify any potential leachate impact to groundwater.

Page 130: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 21 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Table 6

North Leachate Holding Pond and Auxiliary Wetland Treatment System

Trigger Parameter & Trigger LevelGeological Strata

Chloride Boron

Upper Silty Clay1 127 mg/L 1.41 mg/L

Glacial Till / Lower Silty Clay2 148 mg/L 1.57 mg/L

Bedrock3 153 mg/L 1.52 mg/L

Notes:

1. Applicable to groundwater monitors P1-1D, P1-2D, P1-3D, P1-4D, TF1-1,

TF1-2, TF1-3, and TF1-4.

2. Applicable to groundwater monitors P1-1B, P1-1C, P1-2B, P1-2C, P1-3B,

P1-3C, P1-4B, and P1-4C.

3. Applicable to groundwater monitors P1-1A, P1-2A, P1-3A, and P1-4A.

(3) In the event that a monitoring result for any parameter that is listed in Table 6 exceeds

its trigger level, the Owner shall re-sample within one (1) month to confirm the

exceedence of the trigger level for that parameter. Upon confirmation of the exceedence

of any trigger level for any parameter that is listed in Table 6, the Owner shall conduct a

second round re-sampling within three (3) months to re-confirm the exceedence of the

trigger level for the parameter of concern.

(4) In the event that the presence of the parameter(s) of concern is (are) not confirmed after

the second round of sampling conducted under Condition 10 (3), then, normal

groundwater monitoring shall be resumed.

(5) In the event that the presence of the parameter(s) of concern is confirmed after the

second round of sampling conduced under Condition 10 (3), then, it shall constitute as a

confirmation of leachate impact to groundwater and the Owner shall immediately stop

using the affected Works (North Leachate Holding Pond, Auxiliary Wetland

Treatment System, and Effluent Holding Pond) and implement a pre-approved

contingency and remedial action plan.

(6) The Owner shall notify the District Manager orally, as soon as possible, and in writing

within seven days of the confirmation of leachate impact to groundwater including an

assessment of the relative severity and extent of leachate impact and proposed remedial

actions.

(7) By July 9, 2008, the Owner shall prepare and submit for an approval to the District

Manager a "Groundwater Contingency and Remedial Action Plan" for any potential

groundwater impact caused by the north leachate holding pond, auxiliary wetland

treatment system, and effluent holding ponds.

Page 131: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 22 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

(8) By July 9, 2008, the Owner shall prepare and submit for an approval to the District

Manager a "List of Trigger Parameters and Trigger Levels" to augment or replace those

established under Condition 10 (2) to effectively manage any potential groundwater

impact caused by the north leachate holding pond, auxiliary wetland treatment system,

and effluent holding ponds.

11. ANNUAL INSPECTION OF STRUCTURES

The Owner shall undertake an annual visual inspection of the structural integrity and stability

of the berm side slopes for all wetland cells, the peat filter cell, the effluent holding ponds,

south leachate holding pond, south east leachate holding pond, and north leachate holding

pond and provide a report of these inspections, including any necessary corrective actions

taken, in the Annual Report required by Condition 16.

III - STORMWATER MANAGEMENT FACILITY

12. EXPIRY OF APPROVAL

The approval issued by this Approval will cease to apply to those parts of the Works

(Stormwater Management Facility) approved on May 25, 2006 and which have not been

constructed by May 25, 2016.

13. MONITORING AND RECORDING

The Owner shall carry out the following monitoring program:

(1) All samples and measurements taken for the purposes of this Approval shall be taken at a

time and in a location characteristic of the quality and quantity of the effluent stream over

the time period being monitored.

(2) The Owner shall collect a grab samples of stormwater from the outlets of SWM Pond

#1, SWM Pond #2, and SWM Pond #7 at least four times annually* and analyse for

the parameters listed in table below:

Page 132: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 23 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Table 7 - Stormwater Monitoring

Sampling Locations: Outlets of SWM Ponds #1, #2, and #7

Parameter Parameter Field -Parameter

Alkalinity Barium Conductivity

Total Ammonia Nitrogen Boron Dissolved Oxygen

Nitrate Cadmium pH (Field)

Nitrite Total Chromium Temperature

TKN Copper

Chloride Lead

Sulphate Iron

Sodium Magnesium

Potassium Manganese

Calcium Mercury

pH (Lab) Zinc

BOD5 Benzene

Total Phosphorus 1,4-Dichlorobenzene

Conductivity (Lab) Dichloromethane

DOC Toluene

Total Dissolved Solids Vinyl Chloride

Total Suspended Solids

Phenols

Chemical Oxygen Demand

* Note: Samples shall be collected within twenty four hours after a rainfall event (preferably

more than 10 mm rainfall in 24 hour period) resulting in a stormwater discharge from

each SWM Pond during the period between April 1 and October 31 at a minimum

interval of one (1) month between consecutive sampling events.

(3) The methods and protocols for sampling, analysis and recording shall conform to that

outlined in Condition 7 (5).

14. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE.

(1) The Owner shall inspect the Works at least once a year and, if necessary, clean and

maintain the Works to prevent the excessive build-up of sediments and/or vegetation;

(2) The Owner shall maintain a logbook to record the results of these inspections and any

cleaning and maintenance operations undertaken, and shall keep the logbook at the site or

Owner's operational head quarter for inspection by the Ministry. The logbook shall

include the following:

(a) the name of the Works (SWM Pond #1, SWM Pond #2, and SWM Pond #7);

Page 133: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 24 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

(b) the date and results of each inspection, maintenance and cleaning, including an

estimate of the quantity of any materials removed; and

(c) the occurrence date of each spill within the catchment area of a given SWM Pond,

including follow-up actions / remedial measures undertaken.

(3) The Owner shall compare monitoring results obtained under Condition 13 (2) with the

trigger concentration of the trigger parameters listed in table below to identify any

potential leachate impact to stormwater.

Table 8

Trigger Parameter Trigger Level - PWQO (mg/L)

Ammonia (unionized) 0.02

Copper 0.005

Phenols 0.001

Zinc 0.03

(4) In the event that a monitoring result for any parameter that is listed in Table 8 exceeds its

trigger level, the Owner shall conduct sampling of the contents of the affected SWM

Pond forthwith to confirm the exceedence of the trigger level for that parameter and

identify potential source of leachate contamination. Upon confirmation of the exceedence

of any trigger level for any parameter that is listed in Table 8, the Owner shall implement

an approved contingency and remedial action plan to control any identified source of

leachate contamination.

(5) The Owner shall notify the District Manager orally, as soon as possible, and in writing

within seven days of the confirmation of leachate impact to stormwater including an

assessment of the relative severity and extent of leachate impact and proposed remedial

actions.

(6) By November 25, 2006, the Owner shall prepare and submit for an approval by the

District Manager a "Stormwater Contingency and Remedial Action Plan" for the Works (

SWM Ponds).

(7) Within one (1) year of the commencement of operation of the Works (SWM Ponds), the

Owner shall prepare and submit for approval by the Director a report on " Assessment of

Stormwater Management Facility Trigger Parameters and Trigger Levels" which will be

used as a basis for evaluating the list of trigger parameters and their respective trigger

levels outlined in Condition 14 (3).

(8) The Owner shall maintain the operations manual up to date through revisions undertaken

from time to time and retain a copy at the location of the Works. Upon request, the Owner

shall make the manual available for inspection and copying by Ministry personnel.

Page 134: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 25 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

15. RECORD KEEPING

The Owner shall retain for a minimum of three (3) years from the date of their creation, all

records and information related to or resulting from the operation and maintenance and

monitoring activities required by this Approval.

IV - GENERAL

16. REPORTING

(1) One week prior to the start up of the operation of the Proposed Works, the Owner shall

notify the District Manager (in writing) of the pending start up date.

(2) The Owner shall report to the District Manager or designate, any exceedence of any

parameter specified in Condition 6 orally, as soon as reasonably possible, and in writing

within seven (7) days of the exceedence.

(3) In addition to the obligations under Part X of the Environmental Protection Act , the Owner

shall, within 10 working days of the occurrence of any reportable spill as defined in

Ontario Regulation 675/98, bypass or loss of any product, by-product, intermediate

product, oil, solvent, waste material or any other polluting substance into the environment,

submit a full written report of the occurrence to the District Manager describing the cause

and discovery of the spill or loss, clean-up and recovery measures taken, preventative

measures to be taken and schedule of implementation.

(4) The Owner shall prepare and submit a performance report to the District Manager on an

annual basis within ninety (90) days following the end of the calendar year. The first such

report shall cover the part of the calendar year following the commencement of operation

of the works and subsequent reports shall be submitted to cover successive calendar years

following thereafter. The reports shall contain, but shall not be limited to, the following

information:

(a) a summary and interpretation of all monitoring data collected pursuant to Conditions 7, 8,

9 and 13 and a comparison to the associated effluent limits outlined in Condition 6, or

Provincial Water Quality Objectives (PWQO), or Drinking Water Quality Standards

(DWQS) including an overview of the success and adequacy of the Works;

(b) a description of any operating problems encountered and corrective actions taken;

(c) a summary of all maintenance carried out on any major structure, equipment, apparatus,

mechanism or thing forming part of the Works;

(d) a summary of any effluent quality assurance or control measures undertaken in the

reporting period;

(e) a summary of the calibration and maintenance carried out on all effluent monitoring

equipment; and

(f) annual structures inspection report as required by Condition 11.

Page 135: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 26 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

17. TOTAL PHOSPHORUS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

The Owner shall abide by the "Total Phosphorus Management Agreement" between South

Nation River Conservation Authority (SNC) and Lafleche Environmental Inc. to finance

non-point source of phosphorus to reduce phosphorus loading to the South Nation River and its

tributaries as outlined in the letters dated February 1, 2007 and April 11, 2007 as amended from

time to time.

18. AGREEMENT FOR OFF-SITE DISPOSAL OF TREATED LEACHATE

The Owner shall keep the agreement entered with CRI Environmental Inc. for off-site disposal of

pre-treated leachate from the Works during emergency up to date. The Owner shall inform the District

Manager forthwith in writing if any changes are made to the current off-site disposal agreement entered

with CRI Environmental Inc.

19. LIMITED OPERATIONAL FLEXIBILITY

(1) The Owner may make modifications to the Works in accordance with the Terms and

Conditions of this Approval and subject to the Ministry’s “Limited Operational Flexibility

Criteria for Modifications to Sewage Works ”, included under Schedule B of this Approval,

as amended.

(2) Sewage works under Limited Operational Flexibility shall adhere to the design guidelines

contained within the Ministry’s publication “Design Guidelines for Sewage Works 2008”,

as amended.

(3) The Owner shall ensure at all times, that the Works, related equipment and appurtenances

which are installed or used to achieve compliance are operated in accordance with all

Terms and Conditions of this Approval.

(4) For greater certainty, the following are not permitted as part of Limited Operational

Flexibility:

(a) Modifications to the Works that result in an increase of the Rated Capacity of the

Works;

(b) Modifications to the Works that may adversely affect the approved effluent quality

criteria or the location of the discharge/outfall;

(c) Modifications to the treatment process technology of the Works, or modifications that

involve construction of new reactors (tanks) or alter the treatment train process

design;

(d) Modifications to the Works approved under s.9 of the EPA, and

Page 136: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 27 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

(e) Modifications to the Works pursuant to an order issued by the Ministry.

(5) Implementation of Limited Operational Flexibility is not intended to be used for piecemeal

measures that result in major alterations or expansions.

(6) If the implementation of Limited Operational Flexibility requires changes to be made to the

Emergency Response, Spill Reporting and Contingency Plan, the Owner shall, provide a

revised copy of this plan for approval to the local fire services authority prior to

implementing Limited Operational Flexibility.

(7) For greater certainty, any modification made under the Limited Operational Flexibility may

only be carried out after other legal obligations have been complied with, including those

arising from the Environmental Protection Act, Niagara Escarpment Planning and

Development Act, Oak Ridges Moraine Conservation Act, Lake Simcoe Protection Act and

Greenbelt Act.

(8) At least thirty (30) days prior to implementing Limited Operational Flexibility, the Owner

shall complete a Notice of Modifications describing any proposed modifications to the

Works and submit it to the District Manager.

(9) The Owner shall not proceed with implementation of Limited Operational Flexibility until

the District Manager has provided written acceptance of the Notice of Modifications or a

minimum of thirty (30) days have passed since the day the District Manager acknowledged

the receipt of the Notice of Modifications.

Page 137: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 28 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Schedule 'A'

I. PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON MAY 25, 2006 UNDER ECA No.

Application for Approval of Industrial Sewage Works dated May 24, 2005 submitted by 1.

Lafleche Environmental Inc., design specifications and drawings prepared by J. F. Sabourin and

Associates Inc. Ottawa, Ontario.

"Stormwater Management Design Brief, SWM Ponds 1, 2, and 7 for the Eastern Ontario Waste 2.

Handling Facility, Moose Creek, Ontario" dated May 2005 and updated April 2006, prepared by

J. F. Sabourin and Associates Inc. Ottawa, Ontario.

II PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON JULY 9, 2007 UNDER ECA No.

Application for Approval of Industrial Sewage Works submitted by Lafleche Environmental 1.

Inc. dated January 25, 2006 and design specifications and drawings submitted by Golder

Associates Ltd, Kanata, Ontario and Seprotech Systems Incorporated, Ottawa, Ontario.

"Technical Support Document - Amendment to Certificate of Approval Industrial Sewage 2.

Works No. 9322-68JRDA - Proposed Full Scale Leachate Treatment Module and Operational

Modifications - Lafleche Environmental Inc. - Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility" date

January 2006, prepared by Golder Associates Ltd., Kanata, Ontario.

"Performance Evaluation - Third Year of Operation Pilot Leachate Treatment Facility - Lafleche 3.

Environmental Inc., Easter Ontario Waste Handling Facility" dated April 2005, prepared by

Golder Associates Ltd., Kanata, Ontario.

"Revised Request for Amendment to Certificate of Approval Industrial Sewage Works No. 4.

9791-6PHQZH, Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility,

Township of North Stormont, Ontario" dated September 2006, prepared by Golder Associates

Ltd., Kanata, Ontario.

Response to an additional information request letter dated June 14, 2006 from Stefanos Habtom, 5.

P. Eng., MOE to Andre Lafleche, Lafleche Environmental Inc. Re: "Application for Approval

Industrial Sewage Works Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility" dated June 30, 2006, prepared

by Golder Associates Ltd., Kanata, Ontario.

Response to an additional information request letter dated November 27, 2006 from Stefanos 6.

Habtom, P. Eng., MOE to Andre Lafleche, Lafleche Environmental Inc. Re: "Application for

Approval Industrial Sewage Works Full Scale Landfill Leachate Treatment Facility" dated

December 19, 2006, prepared by Golder Associates Ltd., Kanata, Ontario.

Rotating Biological Contactor (RBC) design calculations submitted by Seprotech Systems Inc. 7.

as attachment "A" of item #5 of this supporting documentation list.

Page 138: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 29 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Memorandum from B.W. Metcalfe, MOE, Eastern Region Technical Support Section - Re: 8.

Application for Amendment to Certificate of Approval Industrial Sewage Works C of A No.

9322-68JRDA - Proposed Full Scale Treatment Module and Operational Modifications, Eastern

Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Lafleche Environmental Inc., dated March 23, 2006.

Memorandum from B.W. Metcalfe, MOE, Eastern Region Technical Support Section - Re: 9.

Revised Application for Amendment to Certificate of Approval Industrial Sewage Works C of

A No. 9791-6PHQZH, Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility,

Township of North Stormont, dated December 1, 2006.

Memorandum from G. Faaren, MOE, Eastern Region Technical Support Section - Re: 10.

Application for Amendment to Certificate of Approval Industrial Sewage Works C of A No.

9322-68JRDA - Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility,

Township of North Stormont, dated April 18, 2006.

Memorandum from G. Faaren, MOE, Eastern Region Technical Support Section - Re: Revised 11.

Application for Amendment to Certificate of Approval Industrial Sewage Works C of A No.

9791-6PHQZH, Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility,

Township of North Stormont, dated November 20, 2006.

Letter from Andrew Benson and Nural Kuyucak, Golder Associates dated February 16, 2007 - 12.

Re: Comments on the first Draft Certificate of Approval and response to an additional

information request e-mail from Stefanos Habtom, P. Eng., MOE dated February 5, 2007.

Letter from Andrew Benson and Nural Kuyucak, Golder Associates dated March 12, 2007 - Re: 13.

Comments on the second Draft Certificate of Approval and response to an additional

information request letter from Stefanos Habtom, P. Eng., MOE dated February 27, 2007.

Letter from Andrew Benson and Nural Kuyucak, Golder Associates dated April 12, 2007 - Re: 14.

Comments on the third Draft Certificate of Approval and response to an additional information

request letter from Stefanos Habtom, P. Eng., MOE dated March 22, 2007.

Letter from Andrew Benson and Paul Smolkin, Golder Associates, dated May 23, 2007 - Re: 15.

Evaluation of BATEA and proposed effluent treatment limits for non conventional leachate

parameters for the full-scale leachate treatment system.

III. PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON AUGUST 4, 2005, MAY 4, 2006, MAY 19, 2006, AND NOVEMBER 14,

2008:

Applications for Approval of Industrial Sewage Works submitted by Lafleche Environmental 1.

Inc. dated August 12, 2004, April 20, 2006, May 19, 2006, and July 16, 2008 design

specifications and drawings prepared by Golder Associates Ltd., Ottawa, Ontario, and ASI

Group Ltd., St. Catherines, Ontario.

"Design Brief - Proposed New Leachate Holding Pond, Lafleche Environmental Inc., Eastern 2.

Page 139: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 30 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Ontario Waste Handling Facility, Moose Creek, Ontario" dated August 2004, prepared by

Golder Associates Ltd.

Letter and attachments dated December 7, 2004 from Andrew Benson and Nural Kuyucak, 3.

Golder Associates Ltd. to Stefanos Habtom, Ministry of the Environment - response to request

for additional information letter dated November 22, 2004;

Letter and attachments dated February 23, 2005 from Andrew Benson and Nural Kuyucak, 4.

Golder Associates Ltd. to Stefanos Habtom, Ministry of the Environment - response to request

for additional information as per telephone conversation on January 14, 2005;

"Performance Evaluation - Second Year of Operation - Pilot Leachate Treatment Facility - 5.

Lafleche Environment Inc. - Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility" dated April 2004,

prepared by Golder Associates Ltd.

An E-mail from Jerry Myers, Applications Engineer, SolarBee Division of Pump Systems, Inc., 6.

dated November 8, 2006 addressed to Stefanos Habtom, MOE Senior Water Engineer, Re:

SolarBee Recommendation for Lafleche Environmental Leachate Ponds, Moose Creek, Ontario.

and the following attachments: Solar Circulator Odour Control 050206.doc; and

OCE-LaFleche-ON-110106.xls.

Drawing No. 3 - File No. 061122153-5100-D2.dwg, - Leachate Pond System, prepared by 7.

Golder Associates, dated February 13, 2007, showing design details of the new submersible

leachate pump for the North Leachate Holding Pond.

Letter from John Levie, M. Eng., P. Eng., ASI Group Ltd., to Stefanos Habtom, P. Eng., MOE, 8.

dated October 10, 2008 regarding application of ultrasound in wastewater treatment and

installation and operation manual for EZ-Algae.

IV. PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON MAY 4, 2009:

Application for Approval of Industrial Sewage Works submitted by Lafleche Environmental 1.

Inc. dated January 16, 2009 and design specifications and drawings prepared by Environmental

Remediation Equipment Inc., Montreal, Quebec.

Letter from Damian Rodrigues, Lafleche Environmental Inc., dated March 9, 2009 as a response 2.

to an additional information request letter dated February 18, 2009 from Stefanos Habtom, P.

Eng., MOE providing aeration design brief and design calculations for the proposed South

Leachate Aeration Ponds.

Letter from Brian King, P. Eng., Lafleche Environmental Inc., dated March 30, 2009 as a 3.

response to an additional information request letter dated March 20, 2009 from Stefanos

Habtom, P. Eng., MOE providing aeration design brief and design calculations for the proposed

South Leachate Aeration Ponds.

Page 140: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 31 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

V. PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON MARCH 9, 2010 UNDER CofA # 3658-7YXSN6:

Application for Approval of Industrial Sewage Works submitted by Lafleche Environmental 1.

Inc. dated November 13, 2009 and design specifications and drawings prepared by ASI Group

Ltd., St. Catherines, Ontario.

"Design Brief: Wastewater Tertiary Filtration System and Associated Equipment" dated 2.

November 13, 2009, prepared by ASI Group Ltd., St. Catherines, Ontario.

VI. PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON APRIL 14, 2011 UNDER ECA No. 5759-8FGS44:

Application for Approval of Industrial Sewage Works submitted by Lafleche Environmental 1.

Inc. dated February 9, 2011.

"Ultrasonic Transducer: Report on Performance for Algae Control Pursuant to Certificate of 2.

Approval No. 3658-7YXSN6 Condition 19(2)b" dated February 10, 2011, prepared by ASI

Group Ltd., St. Catherines, Ontario.

VII. PREVIOUS WORKS APPROVED ON MARCH 16, 2016 UNDER ECA No. 4299-9U8PV6:

Application for Environmental Compliance Approval submitted by Lafleche Environmental Inc. 1.

dated May 21, 2014.

Design brief and drawings titled " Engineering Report for the Upgrade of the Lafleche Leachate 2.

Treatment Facility" prepared by BPR Infrastructure Inc., Boucherville, Quebec dated September

17, 2014.

VIII. PROPOSED CHANGES TO EFFLUENT DISCHARGE CONDITION

Application for an amendment of Environmental Compliance Approval submitted by Lafleche 1.

Environmental Inc. dated September 20, 2016.

Page 141: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 32 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Schedule B

Limited Operational Flexibility Criteria for Modifications to

Industrial Sewage Works

1. The modifications to sewage works approved under an Environmental Compliance Approval

(Approval) that are permitted under the Limited Operational Flexibility (LOF), are outlined

below and are subject to the LOF conditions in the Approval, and require the submission of the

Notice of Modifications. If there is a conflict between the sewage works listed below and the

Terms and Conditions in the Approval, the Terms and Conditions in the Approval shall take

precedence.

1.1 Sewage Pumping Stations

a. Adding or replacing equipment where new equipment is located within an existing

sewage treatment plant site or an existing sewage pumping station site, provided that

the facility Rated Capacity is not exceeded and the existing flow process and/or

treatment train are maintained, as applicable.

1.2 Sewage Treatment Process

a. Installing additional chemical dosage equipment including replacing with alternative

chemicals for pH adjustment or coagulants (non-toxic polymers) provided that there

are no modifications of treatment processes or other modifications that may alter the

intent of operations and may have negative impacts on the effluent quantity and

quality.

b. Expanding the buffer zone between a sanitary sewage lagoon facility or land

treatment area and adjacent uses provided that the buffer zone is entirely on the

proponent’s land.

c. Optimizing existing sanitary sewage lagoons with the purpose to increase efficiency

of treatment operations provided that existing sewage treatment plant rated capacity is

not exceeded and where no land acquisition is required.

d. Optimizing existing sewage treatment plant equipment with the purpose to increase

the efficiency of the existing treatment operations, provided that there are no

modifications to the works that result in an increase of the Rated Capacity, and may

have adverse effects to the effluent quality or location of the discharge.

e. Replacement, refurbishment of previously approved equipment in whole or in part

with Equivalent Equipment, like-for-like of different make and model, provided that

the firm capacity, reliability, performance standard, level of quality and redundancy of

the group of equipment is kept the same. For clarity proposes, the following

Page 142: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 33 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

equipment can be considered under this provision: screens, grit separators, blowers,

aeration equipment, sludge thickeners, dewatering equipment, UV systems, chlorine

contact equipment, bio-disks, and sludge digester systems.

1.3 Sewage Treatment Plant Outfall

a. Replacement of discharge pipe with similar pipe size provided that the outfall

location is not changed.

1.4 Sanitary Sewers

a. Pipe relining and replacement with similar pipe size within the Sewage Treatment

Plant site, where the nominal diameter is not greater than 1,200mm.

1.5 Pilot Systems

a. Installation of pilot systems for new or existing technologies provided that:

i. any effluent from the pilot system is discharged to the inlet of the sewage

treatment plant or hauled off-site for proper disposal,

ii. any effluent from the pilot system discharged to the inlet of the sewage

treatment plant or sewage conveyance system does not significantly alter the

composition/concentration of the influent sewage to be treated in the

downstream process; and that it does not add any inhibiting substances to the

downstream process, and

iii. the pilot system’s duration does not exceed a maximum of two years; and a

report with results is submitted to the Director and District Manager three

months after completion of the pilot project.

2. Sewage works that are exempt from section 53 of the OWRA by O. Reg. 525/98 continue to be

exempt and are not required to follow the notification process under this Limited Operational

Flexibility.

3. Normal or emergency operational modifications, such as repairs, reconstructions, or other

improvements that are part of maintenance activities, including cleaning, renovations to existing

approved sewage works equipment, provided that the modification is made with Equivalent

Equipment, are considered pre-approved.

4. The modifications noted in section (3) above are not required to follow the notification protocols

under Limited Operational Flexibility, provided that the number of pieces and description of the

equipment as described in the Approval does not change.

Page 143: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 34 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

The reasons for the imposition of these terms and conditions are as follows:

1. Condition 1 is imposed to ensure that the Works are built and operated in the manner in which

they were described for review and upon which approval was granted. This condition is also

included to emphasize the precedence of Conditions in the Approval and the practice that the

Approval is based on the most current document, if several conflicting documents are submitted

for review.

2. Condition 2 is included to ensure that the Ministry records are kept accurate and current with

respect to approved works and to ensure that subsequent Owners of the works are made aware of

the Approval and continue to operate the works in compliance with it.

3. Conditions 3 and 12 are included to ensure that, when the Works are constructed, the Works will meet

the standards that apply at the time of construction to ensure the ongoing protection of the

environment..

4. Condition 4 is included to ensure that a comprehensive operations manual governing all significant

areas of operation, maintenance and repair is prepared, implemented and kept up-to-date by the owner

and made available to the Ministry. Such a manual is an integral part of the operation of the Works. Its

compilation and use should assist the owner in staff training, in proper plant operation and in

identifying and planning for contingencies during possible abnormal conditions. The manual will also

act as a benchmark for Ministry staff when reviewing the owner's operation of the work.

5. Condition 6 is imposed to ensure that the effluent discharged from the Works to the local drainage

ditches meets the Ministry's effluent quality requirements thus minimizing environmental impact on

the receiver.

6. Conditions 7, 8, 9 and 13 are included to require the owner to demonstrate on a continual basis that the

quality and quantity of the effluent from the approved Works is consistent with the effluent limits

specified in the Approval and that the approved Works does not cause any impairment to the receiving

watercourse and/or the groundwater.

7. Conditions 5, 10, and 14 are included to ensure that the Works is properly operated and maintained to

minimize and potential impact to the natural environment;

8. Condition 11 is included to ensure that the berms for the treated water holding pond and wetland cells

are maintained to ensure long-term structural stability and that the holding ponds will not excessively

exfiltrate.

9. Condition 15 is included to require that all records are retained for a sufficient time period to

adequately evaluate the long-term operation and maintenance of the Works.

10. Condition 16 is included to provide a performance record for future references and to ensure that the

Page 144: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 35 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Ministry is made aware of problems as they arise, so that the Ministry can work with the Owner in

resolving the problems in a timely manner.

11. Condition 17 is included to ensure that the Total Phosphorus Management Agreement is implemented

and the affected receiving surface water is protected.

12. Condition 18 is included to ensure that an off-site sewage disposal agreement is place to allow sewage

disposal from the Works during emergency conditions and minimize any potential impacts to the

natural environment due to such emergencies.

13. Condition 19 is included to ensure that the Works are operated in accordance with the application and

supporting documentation submitted by the Owner, and not in a manner which the Director has not

been asked to consider. These conditions are also included to ensure that a Professional Engineer has

reviewed the proposed modifications and attests that the modifications are in line with that of Limited

Operational Flexibility, and provide assurance that the proposed modifications comply with the

Ministry's requirements stipulated in the terms and conditions of this Approval, MOE policies,

guidelines, and industry engineering standards and best management practices.

Notice of Modifications Dec-2013.pdf

Upon issuance of the environmental compliance approval, I hereby revoke Approval No(s). 4299-9U8PV6

issued on March 16, 2015

In accordance with Section 139 of the Environmental Protection Act, you may by written Notice served upon

me and the Environmental Review Tribunal within 15 days after receipt of this Notice, require a hearing by the

Tribunal. Section 142 of the Environmental Protection Act provides that the Notice requiring the hearing shall

state:

The portions of the environmental compliance approval or each term or condition in the environmental compliance a.

approval in respect of which the hearing is required, and;

The grounds on which you intend to rely at the hearing in relation to each portion appealed.b.

Pursuant to subsection 139(3) of the Environmental Protection Act, a hearing may not be required with respect

to any terms and conditions in this environmental compliance approval, if the terms and conditions are

substantially the same as those contained in an approval that is amended or revoked by this environmental

compliance approval.

The Notice should also include:

The name of the appellant;1.

The address of the appellant;2.

The environmental compliance approval number;3.

The date of the environmental compliance approval;4.

The name of the Director, and;5.

The municipality or municipalities within which the project is to be engaged in.6.

Page 145: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 36 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

And the Notice should be signed and dated by the appellant.

This Notice must be served upon:

The Secretary*

Environmental Review Tribunal

655 Bay Street, Suite 1500

Toronto, Ontario

M5G 1E5

AND

The Director appointed for the purposes of Part

II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act

Ministry of the Environment and Climate Change

135 St. Clair Avenue West, 1st Floor

Toronto, OntarioM4V 1P5

* Further information on the Environmental Review Tribunal’s requirements for an appeal can be obtained directly from the

Tribunal at: Tel: (416) 212-6349, Fax: (416) 326-5370 or www.ert.gov.on.ca

The above noted activity is approved under s.20.3 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act.

DATED AT TORONTO this 29th day of August, 2017

Youssouf Kalogo, P.Eng.

Director

appointed for the purposes of Part II.1 of the

Environmental Protection Act

SH/

c: Area Manager, MOECC Cornwall

c: District Manager, MOECC Ottawa

Bryan Willcott, J.F. Sabourin and Associates Inc.

Page 146: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 37 - NUMBER 3962-AQPJDP

Notice of Modifications Dec-2013.pdfNotice of Modifications Dec-2013.pdf

Page 147: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 1 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

Ministry of the Environment

Ministère de l’Environnement

AMENDED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE APPROVALNUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

Issue Date: December 10, 2013

Lafleche Environmental Inc.

17125 Lafleche Road

North Stormont, Ontario

K0C 1W0

Site Location: Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility

17125 Laflèche Road

Township of North Stormont, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry

You have applied under section 20.2 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. E. 19

(Environmental Protection Act) for approval of:

construction and operation of an aerobic composting facility at the landfill site, receiving and processing up to a

maximum of 400 tonnes per day and 120,800 tonnes per year of feedstock, up to a maximum of 250 tonnes per

day and 12,000 tonnes per year of SRM on a contingent basis, and up to 500 tonnes per day and 120,000 tonnes

per year of bulking agent, for composting in the aerobic composting channels. The aerobic composting facility

comprises the following operations and equipment:

Page 148: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 2 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

- one (1) enclosed building (Building) in which the feedstock delivered to the Facility in truck is received

and unloaded on the tipping floor. Bulking agent is delivered to the Facility and unloaded in an outdoor

area bounded by three (3) movable walls for storage, and moved inside the enclosed building on an

as-needed basis. Inside the Building, the feedstock and bulking agent are mixed in an industrial mixer to

produce a fairly homogeneous mixture, which is then conveyed to twelve (12) aerobic composting

channels, divided into four (4) bunkers each consisting of three (3) channels, for composting. Each

channel is cast in concrete, has a length of 109.76 metres, a width of 3.35 metres and a height of 2.39

metres, and is aerated by an in-floor aeration system. The composting material in each channel, which

effectively is a single windrow, is turned by a compost turner which in effect moves the material forward

through the channel, until composting is complete when the material reaches the other end of the

channel. The material will stay in the channel for a minimum of 25 days for composting to be

completed. On a contingent basis, SRM will be composted in one of the four (4) bunkers, following the

same mixing and composting processes as described above for the feedstock. Each bunker is enclosed

by its own polyethylene cover to capture and contain the air from the composting channels. The

feedstock unloading area, feedstock and bulking agent mixing area and the space below the cover of each

bunker are kept under negative pressure by a ventilation system. The air drawn to the ventilation system

is conveyed by air ductworks to:

- one (1) in-ground, open top, upflow biofilter, measuring 73.8 metres long and 24.4 metres wide, filled

with a combination of woodchips and over-sized composted materials as media to a height of 0.91 metre

for removal of odour in the incoming air, and equipped with necessary humidification chamber for

incoming air relative humidity control and surface irrigation system, exhausting into the atmosphere at a

maximum volumetric flow rate of 36.6 cubic metres per second, at 1.22 metres above grade.

The materials harvested from the composting channels are handled in accordance with the applicable

terms and conditions in the Environmental Compliance Approval (Waste) issued to the Company;

all in accordance with Schedule "A" contained in this Approval.

For the purpose of this environmental compliance approval, the following definitions apply:

(1) "AERMOD" means the dispersion model developed by the American Meteorological Society/U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee (AERMIC) including the

PRIME (Plume Rise Model Enhancement) algorithm, used to calculate one-hour average concentrations

of a contaminant at the Point of Impingement and at the most impacted Sensitive Receptor.

(2) "Approval" means this Environmental Compliance Approval and any Schedules to it, including the

application and supporting documentation listed in Schedule "A".

(3) "Biofilter" means the one (1) biofilter described in the Company's application, this Approval and in the

supporting documentation submitted with the application, to the extent approved by this Approval.

(4) "bulking agent" means the leaf and yard waste, wood waste and straw/hay/corn stalks described in the

Company's application, this Approval and in the supporting documentation submitted with the

application, to the extent approved by this Approval.

Page 149: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 3 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

(5) "Company" means Lafleche Environmental Inc. that is responsible for the construction or operation of

the Facility and includes any successors and assigns.

(6) "EPA" means the Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.E.19, as amended.

(7) "District Manager" means the District Manager of the appropriate local district office of the Ministry,

where the Facility is geographically located and operated.

(8) "Environmental Compliance Approval (Waste)" means the Provisional Certificate of Approval (Waste

Disposal Site) number A420018 dated December 14, 2012 and all the Notices associated with the

environmental compliance approval issued to the Company.

(9) "Facility" means the entire composting operation in the Site including where the Biofilter as listed in the

Approval is located.

(10) "feedstock" means non-hazardous domestic, commercial, institutional or industrial organic waste

received and processed in the Facility for composting, and includes digested and undigested biosolids

that are dewatered and food waste, as described in the Company's application, this Approval and in the

supporting documentation submitted with the application, to the extent approved by this Approval.

(11) "food waste" means waste from kitchens, restaurants, food processing operations, waste of vegetable

and animal origin, packaging materials that have been in direct contact with and are contaminated by

these wastes and waste of a similar nature and characteristics, including waste that is liable to become

putrid, rotten or decayed.

(12) "Fugitive Odour Control Plan" means a document or a set of documents that provides written

instructions to staff of the Company for the purpose of meeting Condition 6 in this Approval.

(13) "Manager" means the Manager, Technology Standards Section, Standards Development Branch of the

Ministry, or any other person who represents and carries out the duties of the Manager, as those duties

relate to the conditions of this Approval.

(14) "Manual" means a document or a set of documents that provide written instructions to staff of the

Company for the purpose of meeting Condition 5 in this Approval.

(15) "Ministry" means the ministry of the government of Ontario responsible for the EPA and includes all

officials, employees or other persons acting on its behalf.

(16) "O. Reg. 419/05" means the Ontario Regulation 419/05, Air Pollution - Local Air Quality, as amended.

(17) "Publication NPC-205" means the Ministry Publication NPC-205, "Sound Level Limits for Stationary

Sources in Class 1 & 2 Areas (Urban)", October 1995.

Page 150: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 4 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

(18) "Publication NPC-232" means the Ministry Publication NPC-232, "Sound Level Limits for Stationary

Sources in Class 3 Areas (Rural)", October 1995.

(19) "pH" means the negative logarithm of the hydrogen ion concentration in moles per litre.

(20) "Point of Impingement" has the same meaning as in s. 2 of O. Reg. 419/05.

(21) "Pre-Test Information" means the information outlined in Section 1 of the Source Testing Code.

(22) "Sensitive Receptor" means any location where routine or normal activities occurring at reasonably

expected times would experience adverse effect(s) from odour discharges from the Facility, including

one or a combination of:

(a) private residences or public facilities where people sleep (e.g. single and multi-unit dwellings,

nursing homes, hospitals, trailer parks, camping grounds, etc.),

(b) institutional facilities (e.g. schools, churches, community centres, day care centres, recreational

centres, etc.),

(c) outdoor public recreational areas (e.g. trailer parks, play grounds, picnic areas, etc.), and

(d) other outdoor public areas where there are continuous human activities (e.g. commercial plazas

and office buildings).

(23) "Site" means the entire property on which the Company operates the landfilling activities and the

Facility.

(24) "Source Testing Code" means the Source Testing Code, Version 2, Report No. ARB-66-80, dated

November 1980, prepared by the Ministry, as amended.

(25) "Source Testing" means sampling and testing to measure the rate of emission of odour as required under

this Approval from the Biofilter exhaust under the scenarios specified in Condition 9 of this Approval and

under process conditions which represent either the approved maximum operating capacity of the

Facility or a maximum operating range within the approved maximum operating capacity of the Facility

achievable at the time of the measurement as agreed by the Manager or District Manager.

(26) "SRM" means the Specified Risk Material defined in the Environmental Compliance Approval (Waste)

and includes, at a minimum, but is not limited to, (a) the skull, brain, trigeminal ganglia, eyes, tonsils,

spinal cord and dorsal root ganglia of cattle aged 30 months or older; and (b) the distal ileum of cattle of

all ages. It may also include other additional materials as defined by the federal Health of Animals

Regulations, C.R.C. c. 296, as amended from time to time.

(27) "Start-up Date" means the date when feedstock is first received at the Facility.

Page 151: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 5 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

(28) "wood waste" means waste that is wood or a wood product, including tree trunks and tree branches

greater than seven (7) centimetres diameter, that is not painted/coated or contaminated with chromated

copper arsenate, ammoniacal copper arsenic pentachlorophenol or creosote, is not particleboard,

composite wood or part of an upholstered article, or an article to which a rigid surface treatment is

affixed or adhered, unless the rigid surface treatment is predominantly wood or cellulose.

You are hereby notified that this environmental compliance approval is issued to you subject to the terms and

conditions outlined below:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS

1. The Company shall ensure that the noise emissions from the Facility comply with the limits set in

Publication NPC-205 or Publication NPC-232, as applicable.

2. Odour Performance Limit

The Company shall operate and maintain the Facility so that the maximum 10-minute average

concentration of odour at the most impacted Sensitive Receptor, calculated in accordance with Schedule

"C", resulting from the operation of the Facility, shall not be greater than 1.0 odour unit.

MONITORING

3. The Company shall monitor and record, as a minimum, the following physical parameters of the Biofilter

at a frequency either as stated herein or as recommended by the Biofilter supplier:

(1) air flow rate to the Biofilter, hourly,

(2) relative humidity and temperature of the air to the Biofilter, continuously,

(3) pressure drop through the media in the Biofilter, monthly,

(4) water irrigation frequency and rate of the surface irrigation system, weekly, and

(5) pH of the drainage water from the Biofilter, monthly.

4. The Company shall install and properly operate and maintain continuous monitors at the air ductworks

entering the Biofilter to continuously monitor and record the concentrations of hydrogen sulphide and

ammonia in the air entering the Biofilter.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

5. The Company shall ensure that the Facility is properly operated and maintained at all times. The

Company shall:

Page 152: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 6 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

(1) prepare and submit to the District Manager, prior to the Start-up Date of the Facility, and

update, as necessary, a Manual outlining the start-up and operating procedures for the Facility that

relate to odour and noise, as well as the operating procedures and a maintenance program for the

Biofilter in accordance with good engineering practice, including:

(a) operational procedures during the start-up phase of the Facility and the Biofilter to

minimize to the greatest extent possible the emissions of odour and noise in that phase,

and routine and emergency operating and maintenance procedures of the Facility and the

Biofilter as recommended by the Biofilter supplier, related to odour and noise emissions

including but not limited to during Biofilter malfunction, power outages, by-passes and

other emergency or abnormal operating conditions and procedures for notifying the

Ministry of such events;

(b) physical parameters and their frequencies of monitoring for the Biofilter, if they are

identical to or different from the requirements in Condition 3 above;

(c) instructions for any record keeping activities relating to the operation and maintenance of

the Facility and the Biofilter;

(d) all appropriate measures to minimize noise and odour emissions from all potential

sources, including but not limited to a contingency plan to deal with the storage of

incoming materials when the Facility is shut down for emergency reasons; and

(e) procedures to record and respond to environmental complaints;

(2) implement the procedures/recommendations of the Manual.

6. The Company shall prepare, as part of the Manual or a separate document, and implement a Fugitive

Odour Control Plan, identifying all fugitive odour emission sources from the operation of the Facility,

for example materials during transfer in the outdoor areas and in and out of the building, during

unloading of feedstock and opening/closing of doors or bay doors for necessary vehicular or personnel

entry/exit, and the compost piles in the curing area, and outlining the physical and procedural controls

such as policies and standard operating procedures required in order to prevent or mitigate fugitive odour

emissions from those sources in the Facility.

7. The Company shall keep all exterior doors and bay doors to the enclosed building of the Facility closed

whenever unprocessed or partially processed materials, or any other substance that could create a

negative environmental impact are present inside the building, except when used for necessary personnel

or materials/vehicle entrance and exit.

8. The Company shall ensure that the feedstock unloading area, feedstock and SRM and bulking agent mixing

area in the enclosed building of the Facility and the space under the cover of each bunker are operated

under negative pressure whenever unprocessed or partially processed materials, or any other substance

that could create a negative environmental impact are located inside the building or in the composting

channels of the bunkers.

Page 153: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 7 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

SOURCE TESTING

9. The Company shall perform Source Testing to determine the rate of emission of odour at the Biofilter

exhaust, in accordance with the procedures in Schedule "B" of this Approval, under the following two

(2) scenarios:

(1) Normal Scenario: under normal situations when feedstock is the material in all the composting

channels of the four (4) bunkers; and

(2) Contingent Scenario: under the contingent situation when SRM is the material in the composting

channels of one (1) bunker and feedstock is the material in the composting channels of all other

bunkers.

The Company shall conduct the Source Testing under the Normal Scenario when odour complaints have

been received and have not been resolved to the satisfaction of the District Manager and the District

Manager has ordered in writing that the Source Testing shall be conducted; and shall conduct the Source

Testing under the Contingent Scenario when SRM is first processed in the composting channels of the

Facility.

RECORD RETENTION

10. The Company shall retain, for a minimum of two (2) years from the date of their creation, all records and

information related to or resulting from the operation, maintenance and monitoring activities required by

this Approval. These records as well as the Manual and the Fugitive Odour Control Plan shall be made

available to staff of the Ministry upon request. The Company shall retain:

(1) all records on the maintenance, repair and inspection of the Facility and Biofilter,

(2) all records of the monitored parameters of the Biofilter,

(3) all records of fan failure such that there is no air flow through the Biofilter,

(4) all records on the daily, monthly and annual quantities of incoming materials received and

processed and composted on the curing area,

(5) all reports of the Source Testing,

(6) all measures taken to minimize odour emissions from all potential sources; and

(7) all records of any environmental complaints; including:

(a) a description, time and date of each incident to which the complaint relates;

(b) wind direction at the time of the incident to which the complaint relates; and

Page 154: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 8 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

(c) a description of the measures taken to address the cause of the incident to which the

complaint relates and to prevent a similar occurrence in the future.

NOTIFICATION OF COMPLAINTS

11. The Company shall record and respond to each environmental complaint in accordance with the

procedures included in its Environmental Compliance Approval (Waste).

The reasons for the imposition of these terms and conditions are as follows:

1. Conditions 1 and 2 are included to provide the minimum performance requirements considered

necessary to prevent an adverse effect resulting from the operation of the Facility.

2. Conditions 3 to 8 are included to emphasize that the Facility and the Biofilter must be maintained and

operated according to a procedure that will result in compliance with the EPA, the regulations and this

Approval.

3. Condition 9 is included to require the Company to gather accurate information so that compliance with

the EPA, the regulations and this Approval can be verified.

4. Condition 10 is included to require the Company to retain records and provide information to the

Ministry so that compliance with the EPA, the regulations and this Approval can be verified.

5. Condition 11 is included to require the Company to notify staff of the Ministry so as to assist the Ministry

with the review of the site's compliance.

Page 155: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 9 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

SCHEDULE "A"

(1) Application for Approval (Air & Noise), dated March 12, 2008 and signed by Geoff Lafleche, Lafleche

Environmental Inc., and all information and documentation associated with the application including the

following:

(a) Additional information provided by Lafleche Environmental Inc., dated June 5, 2008, July 16,

2008 and signed by Geoff Lafleche.

(b) Additional information provided by Golder Associates Ltd. on behalf of Lafleche Environmental

Inc., dated June 13, 2008, June 17, 2008, August 27, 2008 and signed by Ravi Mahabir, P.Eng.

(c) Additional information provided by Geoffroy Lafleche, Lafleche Environmental Inc., contained

in an email sent September 29, 2008 to Rudolf Wan, P.Eng., Ontario Ministry of the

Environment.

(2) Application for Environmental Compliance Approval, dated August 4, 2012 and signed by Brian King,

Lafleche Environmental Inc., and all information and documentation associated with the application

including the following:

(a) Additional information provided O2E Inc., dated September 5, 2012 and signed by Tim Logan,

P.Eng.

(b) One (1) copy of a CD of the AERMOD dispersion files received by the Ministry on September

12, 2012.

(c) Additional information provided by Lafleche Environmental Inc., dated September 13, 2012 and

signed by Brian King.

(3) Application for Environmental Compliance Approval, dated January 9, 2013 and signed by Brian King,

Lafleche Environmental Inc., and all information and documentation associated with the application.

Page 156: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 10 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

SCHEDULE "B"

1. The Company shall, within three (3) months after the Company is required to conduct Source Testing

under this Approval, submit to the Manager a test protocol, including the Pre-Test Information for the

Source Testing required by the Source Testing Code. The Company shall finalize the test protocol in

consultation with the Manager.

2. The Company shall not perform Source Testing required under this Approval until the Manager has

accepted the test protocol.

3. The Company shall conduct the Source Testing not later than three (3) months after the Manager has

accepted the test protocol, or within a period agreed or directed by the Manager or the District Manager.

4. The Company shall notify the District Manager and the Manager in writing of the location, date and time

of any impending Source Testing required by this Approval, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Source

Testing.

5. The Company shall submit a report on the Source Testing to the Director, the District Manager and the

Manager not later than two (2) months after completing the Source Testing. The report shall be in the

format described in the Source Testing Code, and shall include, but not be limited to:

(1) an Executive Summary;

(2) records of weather conditions such as ambient temperature and relative humidity, and all

operating conditions of the Facility including the daily receipt rates of feedstock and bulking

agent, and SRM if applicable, and quantities of feedstock, bulking agent, SRM if applicable,

materials from the composting channels, compost under curing and finished compost stored both

inside the building and outdoor, and the age(s) of the materials in the composting channels, and

all operating conditions of the Biofilter;

(3) results of the Source Testing;

(4) the results of dispersion calculations using the results of the Source Testing indicating the

maximum 10-minute average concentrations of odour at the Point of Impingement and at the most

impacted Sensitive Receptor calculated in accordance with Schedule "C", to demonstrate that

Condition 2 in this Approval is met; and

(5) an electronic copy of the input and output files of the dispersion model run.

6. The Director may not accept the results of the Source Testing if:

(1) the Source Testing Code or the requirements of the Manager were not followed, or

Page 157: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 11 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

(2) the Company did not notify the Director, the District Manager and the Manager of the Source

Testing, or

(3) the Company failed to provide a complete report on the Source Testing.

7. If the Director does not accept the results of the Source Testing, the Director may require re-testing.

Page 158: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 12 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

SCHEDULE "C"

Procedure to calculate and record the 10-minute average concentration of odour

at the Point of Impingement and at the most impacted Sensitive Receptor

(a) Calculate and record one-hour average concentration of odour at the Point of Impingement and at the

most impacted Sensitive Receptor, employing AERMOD atmospheric dispersion model that employs at

least five (5) years of hourly local meteorological data and that can provide results reported as individual

one-hour average odour concentrations.

(b) Convert and record each of the one-hour average concentrations predicted over the five (5) years of

hourly local meteorological data at the Point of Impingement and at the most impacted Sensitive Receptor

to 10-minute average concentrations using the One-hour Average to 10-Minute Average Conversion

described below; and

(c) Record and present the 10-Minute Average concentrations predicted to occur over a five (5) year period

at the Point of Impingement and at the most impacted Sensitive Receptor in a histogram. The histogram

shall identify all predicted 10-minute average odour concentration occurrences in terms of frequency,

identifying the number of occurrences over the entire range of predicted odour concentration in

increments of not more than 1/10 of one odour unit. The maximum 10-minute average concentration of

odour at the Sensitive Receptor will be considered to be the maximum odour concentration at the most

impacted Sensitive Receptor that occurs and is represented in the histogram, disregarding outlying data

points on the histogram as agreed to by the Director.

One-hour Average To 10-minute Average Conversion

(1) Use the following formula to convert and record one-hour average concentrations predicted by the

AERMOD atmospheric dispersion model to 10-minute average concentrations:

X10min

= X60min

*1.65

where X10min

= 10-minute average concentration

X60min

= one-hour average concentration

Upon issuance of the environmental compliance approval, I hereby revoke Approval No(s).

7608-8XNR8Y issued on December 9, 2012.

In accordance with Section 139 of the Environmental Protection Act, you may by written Notice served upon

me and the Environmental Review Tribunal within 15 days after receipt of this Notice, require a hearing by the

Tribunal. Section 142 of the Environmental Protection Act provides that the Notice requiring the hearing shall

Page 159: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 13 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

state:

1. The portions of the environmental compliance approval or each term or condition in the environmental compliance approval in

respect of which the hearing is required, and;

2. The grounds on which you intend to rely at the hearing in relation to each portion appealed.

Pursuant to subsection 139(3) of the Environmental Protection Act, a hearing may not be required with respect

to any terms and conditions in this environmental compliance approval, if the terms and conditions are

substantially the same as those contained in an approval that is amended or revoked by this environmental

compliance approval.

The Notice should also include:

3. The name of the appellant;

4. The address of the appellant;

5. The environmental compliance approval number;

6. The date of the environmental compliance approval;

7. The name of the Director, and;

8. The municipality or municipalities within which the project is to be engaged in.

And the Notice should be signed and dated by the appellant.

This Notice must be served upon:

The Secretary*

Environmental Review Tribunal

655 Bay Street, Suite 1500

Toronto, Ontario

M5G 1E5

AND

The Director appointed for the purposes of

Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act

Ministry of the Environment

2 St. Clair Avenue West, Floor 12A

Toronto, Ontario

M4V 1L5

* Further information on the Environmental Review Tribunal’s requirements for an appeal can be obtained directly from the

Tribunal at: Tel: (416) 212-6349, Fax: (416) 314-4506 or www.ert.gov.on.ca

The above noted activity is approved under s.20.3 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act.

DATED AT TORONTO this 10th day of December, 2013

Rudolf Wan, P.Eng.

Director

appointed for the purposes of Part II.1 of the

Environmental Protection Act

TT/

c: Area Manager, MOE Cornwall Area Office

c: District Manager, MOE Ottawa District Office

Page 160: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 14 - NUMBER 9112-9DMTGX

Page 161: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Ministry of the EnvironmentMinistère de l’Environnement

AMENDED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE APPROVALNUMBER 5665-8STRV7

Issue Date: April 26, 2012Moose Creek Energy LP320 Pinebush RoadCambridge, OntarioN1T 1Z6

Site Location: Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility17125 Laflèche Road, Moose CreekNorth Stormont Township, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry, Ontario

You have applied under section 20.2 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c. E. 19(Environmental Protection Act) for approval of:

- eight (8) landfill gas fired electricity generation generator sets, to be installed at the site in phases dependent upon thequantity of landfill gas collected in the landfill gas collection system. Each generator set has a maximum electrical rating of1.06 megawatts and a maximum siloxanes-removed landfill gas firing rate of 0.158 actual cubic metre per second,discharging through a stack, having an exit diameter of 0.25 metre, extending 3.02 metres above roof and 5.61 metresabove grade;

- eight (8) acoustic silencers shall be fitted to the exhaust stacks of the landfill gas fired electricity generation generatorsets. Each exhaust stack acoustic silencer shall provide the following minimum Dynamic Insertion Loss (DIL) values:

Exhaust Stack Acoustic S ilencer

Octave Band Centre Frequency (Hertz)

Dynamic Insertion Loss -DIL- (dB)

Octave Band 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

Provided DIL 12 27 34 33 28 26 26 24

- one (1) enclosed Siloxane Flare, used for the combustion of a combined stream of siloxanes-removed landfill gas andheated purge gas generated during regeneration of the siloxane adsorption vessel, with a maximum flow rate of 0.0425standard cubic metre per second of landfill gas and a maximum flow rate of 0.378 standard cubic metre per second ofheated purge gas to the flare, exhausting through a stack with an exit diameter of 0.762 metre, at 9.14 metres above grade;

all in accordance with the Application for an Environmental Compliance Approval, dated December 20, 2011 and signed byWalt Graziani, P.Eng., Moose Creek Energy LP, and all supporting information and documentation associated with theapplication including additional information provided by Comcor Environmental Limited on behalf of Moose Creek EnergyLP, dated April 3, 2012 and dated April 18, 2012 and signed by Jonathan Petsch; and the Application for Approval (Air &Noise), dated August 21, 2009 and signed by Paul Bulla, P.Eng., Integrated Gas Recovery Services Inc., and allinformation and documentation associated with the application.

For the purpose of this environmental compliance approval, the following definitions apply:

(1) "Acoustic Assessment Report"means the report, prepared in accordance with Publication NPC-233by GolderAssociates Ltd., dated February 2009 and signed by Sam Isono, submitted in support of the application, that documents allsources of noise emissions and Noise Control Measurespresent at the Facility.

(2) "Approval"means this Environmental Compliance Approval and any Schedules to it, including the application and

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 162: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

supporting documentation listed above.

(3) "CEM System"means the continuous monitoring and recording system used to monitor and record the temperature ofthe Flaredescribed in this Approval,to the extent approved by this Approval.

(4) "Company"means Moose Creek Energy LP that is responsible for the construction or operation of the Equipmentandthe Flareand includes any successors and assigns.

(5) "District Manager"means the District Manager of the appropriate local district office of the Ministry,where theEquipmentand the Flareare geographically located and operated.

(6) "EPA"means the Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.E.19, as amended.

(7) "Equipment"means the eight (8) electricity generator sets described in the Company'sapplication, this Approvaland inthe supporting documentation submitted with the application, to the extent approved by this Approval.

(8) "Facility"means the entire operation on the property where the Equipmentand the Flareas listed in the Approvalarelocated.

(9) "Flare"means the one (1) enclosed Siloxane Flare described in the Company'sapplication, this Approvaland in thesupporting documentation submitted with the application, to the extent approved by this Approval.

(10) "Manual"means a document or a set of documents that provide written instructions to staff of the Company.

(11) "Ministry"means the ministry of the government of Ontario responsible for the EPAand includes all officials,employees or other persons acting on its behalf.

(12) "Noise Control Measures"means measures to reduce the noise emission from the Facilityincluding, but not limited tosilencers, acoustic louvres, enclosures, absorptive treatment, plenums and barriers. It also means the noise controlmeasures, as outlined in the Acoustic Assessment Report.

(13) "Publication NPC-205"means the MinistryPublication NPC-205, "Sound Level Limits for Stationary Sources in Class1 & 2 Areas (Urban)", October 1995, as amended.

(14) "Publication NPC-233"means the MinistryPublication NPC-233, "Information to be Submitted for Approval ofStationary Sources of Sound", October, 1995, as amended.

You are hereby notified that this environmental compliance approval is issued to you subject to the terms and conditionsoutlined below:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. The Companyshall notify the District Managerwithin one (1) month prior to the next phase of installation of theelectricity generator set(s).

2. The Companyshall:

(a) ensure that the noise emissions from the Facilitycomply with the limits set in Ministry Publication NPC-205;

(b) implement the Noise Control Measuresas proposed in the Acoustic Assessment Report prepared by Golder AssociatesLtd., dated February 2009 and signed by Sam Isono; and

(c) ensure that the Noise Control Measuresare properly maintained and continue to provide the acoustical performanceoutlined in the Acoustic Assessment Report.

3. The Companyshall ensure that the Equipmentand the Flareare properly operated and maintained at all times. TheCompanyshall:

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 163: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

(1) prepare and submit to the District Managernot later than three (3) months after the commencement of operation of theEquipment,and update as necessary, a Manualoutlining the operating procedures and a maintenance program for theEquipmentin accordance with good engineering practices, including:

(a) operational procedures and routine and emergency operating and maintenance procedures of theEquipmentas recommended by the Equipmentsuppliers;

(b) procedures to monitor and record the quality, for example methane content, and quantity of landfill gasdelivered to the Equipmentfor combustion;

(c) dates and times when the Equipmentis operated, and its operational details;

(d) instructions for any record keeping activities relating to the operation and maintenance of the Equipment;

(e) all appropriate measures to minimize noise and odorous emissions from all potential sources, and

(f) procedures to record and respond to environmental complaints;

(2) update the Manualnot later than three (3) months after the commencement of operation of the Flare,and update asnecessary, to include the operating procedures and a maintenance program for the Flarein accordance with goodengineering practices, including:

(a) operational procedures and routine and emergency operating and maintenance procedures of the Flareasrecommended by the Flaresupplier;

(b) procedures to monitor and record the quality, for example methane content, and flow rate of landfill gas,and the flow rate of heated purge gas delivered to the Flarefor combustion;

(c) dates and times when the Flareis operated, and its operational details;

(d) instructions for any record keeping activities relating to the operation and maintenance of the Flare;

(3) implement the procedures, measures and recommendations of the Manualor the last updated Manualif there was/wereupdate(s) to the Manual.

4. The Companyshall operate the Flarein such a manner that a minimum temperature, as recorded by the CEM Systemshallbe 871 degrees Celsius at a point representing a minimum retention time of 0.75 second when the Flareis in operation. Thespecifications of the CEM Systemare included in Schedule "A" of this Approval.

5. The Companyshall retain, for a minimum of two (2) years from the date of their creation, all records and informationrelated to or resulting from the operation, maintenance and monitoring activities required by this Approval. These recordsas well as the Manualshall be made available to staff of the Ministryupon request. The Companyshall retain:

(1) all records on the maintenance, repair and inspection of the Equipmentand the Flare;

(2) all records of any environmental complaints; including:

(a) a description, time and date of each incident to which the complaint relates;

(b) wind direction at the time of the incident to which the complaint relates; and

(c) a description of the measures taken to address the cause of the incident to which the complaint relates andto prevent a similar occurrence in the future.

NOTIFICATION OF COMPLAINTS

6. The Companyshall notify the District Manager,in writing, of each environmental complaint within two (2) business days

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 164: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

of the complaint. The notification shall include:

(1) a description of the nature of the complaint;

(2) the time and date of the incident to which the complaint relates;

(3) a description of the measures taken to address the cause of the incident to which the complaint relates and to prevent asimilar occurrence in the future.

The reasons for the imposition of these terms and conditions are as follows:

1. Conditions No. 1 and 6 are included to require the Companyto notify staff of the Ministryso as to assist the Ministrywiththe review of the site's compliance.

2. Condition No. 2 is included to provide the minimum performance requirements considered necessary to prevent anadverse effect resulting from the operation of the Facility.

3. Conditions No. 3 and 4 are included to emphasize that the Equipmentand the Flaremust be maintained and operatedaccording to a procedure that will result in compliance with the EPA,the regulations and this Approval.

4. Condition No. 5 is included to require the Companyto retain records and provide information to the Ministryso thatcompliance with the EPA,the regulations and this Approvalcan be verified.

SCHEDULE "A"

Specifications of CEM System

PARAMETER: Temperature

LOCATION:The sample point for the Continuous Temperature Monitor shall be located in the combustion chamber where the minimumretention time of the combustion gases at a minimum temperature of 871 degrees Celsius for at least 0.7 second isachieved.

PERFORMANCE:The Continuous Temperature Monitor shall meet the following minimum performance specifications for the followingparameters.

PARAMETER SPECIFICATION1. Type: shielded "K" type thermocouple or equivalent2. Accuracy: + 1.5 percent of the minimum gas temperature

RECORDER:The recorder must be capable of registering continuously the measurement of the monitor without a significant loss ofaccuracy and with a time resolution of 5 minutes or better.

RELIABILITY:The monitor shall be operated and maintained so that accurate data is obtained during a minimum of 90 percent of the time,on a monthly basis, when the enclosed flare is in operation.

Upon issuance of the environmental compliance approval, I hereby revoke Approval No(s). 1110-7ZWT7B issuedon February 1, 2010.

In accordance with Section 139 of the Environmental Protection Act, you may by written Notice served upon me, theEnvironmental Review Tribunal and in accordance with Section 47 of the Environmental Bill of Rights, 1993, S.O. 1993,

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 165: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

c. 28 (Environmental Bill of Rights), the Environmental Commissioner, within 15 days after receipt of this Notice, requirea hearing by the Tribunal. The Environmental Commissioner will place notice of your appeal on the EnvironmentalRegistry. Section 142 of the Environmental Protection Act provides that the Notice requiring the hearing shall state:

1. The portions of the environmental compliance approval or each term or condition in the environmental compliance approval in respect ofwhich the hearing is required, and;2. The grounds on which you intend to rely at the hearing in relation to each portion appealed.

Pursuant to subsection 139(3) of the Environmental Protection Act, a hearing may not be required with respect to anyterms and conditions in this environmental compliance approval, if the terms and conditions are substantially the same asthose contained in an approval that is amended or revoked by this environmental compliance approval.

The Notice should also include:

3. The name of the appellant;4. The address of the appellant;5. The environmental compliance approval number;6. The date of the environmental compliance approval;7. The name of the Director, and;8. The municipality or municipalities within which the project is to be engaged in.

And the Notice should be signed and dated by the appellant.

This Notice must be served upon:

The Secretary*Environmental Review Tribunal655 Bay Street, Suite 1500Toronto, OntarioM5G 1E5

AND

The Environmental Commissioner1075 Bay Street, Suite 605Toronto, OntarioM5S 2B1

AND

The Director appointed for the purposes of Part II.1 ofthe Environmental Protection ActMinistry of the Environment2 St. Clair Avenue West, Floor 12AToronto, OntarioM4V 1L5

* Further information on the Environmental Review Tribunal’s requirements for an appeal can be obtained directly from the Tribunal at:Tel: (416) 212-6349, Fax: (416) 314-4506 or www.ert.gov.on.ca

This instrument is subject to Section 38 of the Environmental Bill of Rights, 1993, that allows residents of Ontario to seek leave to appeal thedecision on this instrument. Residents of Ontario may seek leave to appeal within 15 days from the date this decision is placed on theEnvironmental Registry. By accessing the Environmental Registry at www.ebr.gov.on.ca, you can determine when the leave to appeal period ends.

The above noted activity is approved under s.20.3 of Part II.1 of the Environmental Protection Act.

DATED AT TORONTO this 26th day of April, 2012Ian Parrott, P.Eng.Directorappointed for the purposes of Part II.1 of theEnvironmental Protection Act

RW/c: District Manager, MOE Ottawa District OfficeArea Supervisor, MOE Cornwall Area OfficeJonathan Petsch, Comcor Environmental Limited

CONTENT COPY OF ORIGINAL

Page 166: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 1 - NUMBER 1387-7QUGFA

Ministry of the EnvironmentMinistère de l’Environnement

CERTIFICATE OF APPROVALAIR

NUMBER 1387-7QUGFAIssue Date: February 1, 2010

Laflèche Environmental Inc.

17125 Laflèche Road

Moose Creek, Ontario

K0C 1W0

Site Location: Eastern Ontario Waste Handling Facility

17125 Laflèche Road, Moose Creek

North Stormont Township, United Counties of Stormont, Dundas and Glengarry, Ontario

You have applied in accordance with Section 9 of the Environmental Protection Act for approval of:

- one (1) enclosed flare, with a maximum landfill gas firing rate of 1.18 cubic metres per second,

discharging through a stack with exit diameter of 3.05 metres, at 12.2 metres above grade;

- one (1) lot of natural gas fired comfort heating equipment, consisting of one (1) boiler having a

maximum heat input capacity of 1,319,000 kilojoules per hour, and one (1) heating, ventilation and air

conditioning unit having a maximum heat input capacity of 475,000 kilojoules per hour;

all in accordance with the Application for Approval (Air & Noise), dated February 10, 2009 and signed by Brian

King, Lafleche Environmental Inc., and all information and documentation associated with the application

including additional information provided by Comcor Environmental Limited on behalf of Lafleche

Environmental Inc., in an email sent April 9, 2009 from Shannan McGarr, and additional information provided

by Lafleche Environmental Inc., dated June 4, 2009 and signed by Brian King, P.Eng.

For the purpose of this Certificate of Approval and the terms and conditions specified below, the following

definitions apply:

(1) "Act" means the Environmental Protection Act.

(2) "CEM System" means the continuous monitoring and recording system used to monitor and record the

temperature of the Equipment described in this Certificate, to the extent approved by this Certificate.

(3) "Certificate" means this Certificate of Approval, including Schedule "A", issued in accordance with

Section 9 of the Act.

Page 167: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 2 - NUMBER 1387-7QUGFA

(4) "Company" means Lafleche Environmental Inc.

(5) "District Manager" means the District Manager, Ottawa District Office, Eastern Region of the

Ministry.

(6) "Equipment" means the one (1) enclosed flare described in the Company's application, this Certificate

and in the supporting documentation submitted with the application, to the extent approved by this

Certificate.

(7) "Facility" means the entire operation on the property where the Equipment as listed in the Certificate is

located.

(8) "Manual" means a document or a set of documents that provide written instructions to staff of the

Company.

(9) "Ministry" means the Ontario Ministry of the Environment.

(10) "Publication NPC-205" means the Ministry Publication NPC-205, "Sound Level Limits for Stationary

Sources in Class 1 & 2 Areas (Urban)", October 1995, as amended.

You are hereby notified that this approval is issued to you subject to the terms and conditions outlined below:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. The Company shall ensure that the noise emissions from the Facility comply with the limits set out in

Ministry Publication NPC-205.

2. The Company shall operate the Equipment in such a manner that a minimum temperature, as recorded by

the CEM System, shall be 871 degrees Celsius at a point representing a minimum retention time of 0.75

second when the landfill gas incineration is in progress.

3. The Company shall ensure that the Equipment is properly operated and maintained at all times. The

Company shall:

(1) prepare and submit to the District Manager not later than three (3) months after the

commencement of operation of the Equipment, and update as necessary, a Manual outlining the

operating procedures and a maintenance program for the Equipment in accordance with good

engineering practices, including:

(a) operational procedures and routine and emergency operating and maintenance procedures

of the Equipment as recommended by the Equipment suppliers;

(b) procedures to monitor and record the quality, for example methane content, and quantity

of landfill gas delivered to the Equipment for combustion;

Page 168: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 3 - NUMBER 1387-7QUGFA

(c) dates and times when the Equipment is operated, and its operational details;

(d) instructions for any record keeping activities relating to the operation and maintenance of

the Equipment;

(e) all appropriate measures to minimize noise and odorous emissions from all potential

sources, and

(f) procedures to record and respond to environmental complaints;

(2) implement the procedures, measures and recommendations of the Manual.

4. The Company shall retain, for a minimum of two (2) years from the date of their creation, all records and

information related to or resulting from the operation, maintenance and monitoring activities required by

this Certificate. These records as well as the Manual shall be made available to staff of the Ministry upon

request. The Company shall retain:

(1) all records on the maintenance, repair and inspection of the Equipment;

(2) all records of any environmental complaints; including:

(a) a description, time and date of each incident to which the complaint relates;

(b) wind direction at the time of the incident to which the complaint relates; and

(c) a description of the measures taken to address the cause of the incident to which the

complaint relates and to prevent a similar occurrence in the future.

NOTIFICATION OF COMPLAINTS

5. The Company shall notify the District Manager, in writing, of each environmental complaint within two

(2) business days of the complaint. The notification shall include:

(1) a description of the nature of the complaint;

(2) the time and date of the incident to which the complaint relates;

(3) a description of the measures taken to address the cause of the incident to which the complaint

relates and to prevent a similar occurrence in the future.

The reasons for the imposition of these terms and conditions are as follows:

1. Condition No. 1 is included to provide the minimum performance requirements considered necessary to

prevent an adverse effect resulting from the operation of the Facility.

Page 169: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 4 - NUMBER 1387-7QUGFA

2. Conditions No. 2 and 3 are included to emphasize that the Equipment must be maintained and operated

according to a procedure that will result in compliance with the Act, the regulations and this Certificate.

3. Condition No. 4 is included to require the Company to retain records and provide information to the

Ministry so that compliance with the Act, the regulations and this Certificate can be verified.

4. Condition No. 5 is included to require the Company to notify staff of the Ministry so as to assist the

Ministry with the review of the site's compliance.

Page 170: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 5 - NUMBER 1387-7QUGFA

SCHEDULE "A"

PARAMETER: Temperature

LOCATION:

The sample point for the Continuous Temperature Monitor shall be located in the combustion chamber where

the minimum retention time of the combustion gases at a minimum temperature of 871 degrees Celsius for at

least 0.75 second is achieved.

PERFORMANCE:

The Continuous Temperature Monitor shall meet the following minimum performance specifications for the

following parameters.

PARAMETER SPECIFICATION

1. Type: shielded "K" type thermocouple or equivalent

2. Accuracy: + 1.5 percent of the minimum gas temperature

RECORDER:

The recorder must be capable of registering continuously the measurement of the monitor without a significant

loss of accuracy and with a time resolution of 5 minutes or better.

RELIABILITY:

The monitor shall be operated and maintained so that accurate data is obtained during a minimum of 90 percent

of the time, on a monthly basis, when the enclosed flare is in operation.

In accordance with Section 139 of the Environmental Protection Act, R.S.O. 1990, Chapter E-19, as

amended, you may by written Notice served upon me, the Environmental Review Tribunal and in accordance

with Section 47 of the Environmental Bill of Rights, S.O. 1993, Chapter 28, the Environmental Commissioner,

within 15 days after receipt of this Notice, require a hearing by the Tribunal. The Environmental

Commissioner will place notice of your appeal on the Environmental Registry. Section 142 of the

Environmental Protection Act, provides that the Notice requiring the hearing shall state:

1. The portions of the approval or each term or condition in the approval in respect of which the hearing is required, and;

2. The grounds on which you intend to rely at the hearing in relation to each portion appealed.

The Notice should also include:

Page 171: Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions Reportleic.com/upload-ck//SD 1-12 Landfill Design and Operations Existing... · Landfill Design and Operations Existing Conditions

Page 6 - NUMBER 1387-7QUGFA

3. The name of the appellant;

4. The address of the appellant;

5. The Certificate of Approval number;

6. The date of the Certificate of Approval;

7. The name of the Director;

8. The municipality within which the works are located;

And the Notice should be signed and dated by the appellant.

This Notice must be served upon:

The Secretary*

Environmental Review Tribunal

655 Bay Street, 15th Floor

Toronto, Ontario

M5G 1E5

AND

The Environmental Commissioner

1075 Bay Street, 6th Floor

Suite 605

Toronto, Ontario

M5S 2B1

AND

The Director

Section 9, Environmental Protection

Act

Ministry of the Environment

2 St. Clair Avenue West, Floor 12A

Toronto, Ontario

M4V 1L5

* Further information on the Environmental Review Tribunal’s requirements for an appeal can be obtained directly from the

Tribunal at: Tel: (416) 314-4600, Fax: (416) 314-4506 or www.ert.gov.on.ca

This instrument is subject to Section 38 of the Environmental Bill of Rights, that allows residents of

Ontario to seek leave to appeal the decision on this instrument. Residents of Ontario may seek leave to appeal

within 15 days from the date this decision is placed on the Environmental Registry. By accessing the

Environmental Registry at www.ene.gov.on.ca, you can determine when the leave to appeal period ends.

The above noted works are approved under Section 9 of the Environmental Protection Act.

DATED AT TORONTO this 1st day of February, 2010

Victor Low, P.Eng.

Director

Section 9, Environmental Protection Act

RW/

c: District Manager, MOE Ottawa District Office

Area Supervisor, MOE Cornwall Area Office

Ravi Mahabir, P.Eng., Golder Associates Ltd.